Preview Extract
CHAPTER 2
PROBLEM 2.1
A nylon thread is subjected to a 8.5-N tension force. Knowing that E ๏ฝ 3.3 GPa and that the length of the
thread increases by 1.1%, determine (a) the diameter of the thread, (b) the stress in the thread.
SOLUTION
(a)
1.1
๏ฝ 0.011
100
๏ฅ๏ฝ
Stress:
๏ณ ๏ฝ E๏ฅ ๏ฝ (3.3 ๏ด 109 )(0.011) ๏ฝ 36.3 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ณ ๏ฝ
(b)
๏ค
Strain:
Area:
A๏ฝ
Diameter:
d ๏ฝ
๏ฝ
L
P
A
P
๏ณ
๏ฝ
4A
๏ฐ
8.5
๏ฝ 234.16 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 m 2
36.3 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ
(4)(234.16 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 )
๏ฐ
๏ฝ 546 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
d ๏ฝ 0.546 mm ๏ด
๏ณ ๏ฝ 36.3 MPa ๏ด๏
Stress:
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
93
PROBLEM 2.2
A 4.8-ft-long steel wire of 14 -in.-diameter is subjected to a 750-lb tensile load. Knowing that E = 29 ร 106 psi,
determine (a) the elongation of the wire, (b) the corresponding normal stress.
SOLUTION
(a) Deformation:
Area:
๏ค๏ฝ
A๏ฝ
๏ค๏ฝ
PL
;
AE
A๏ฝ
๏ฐ (0.25 in.)2
4
๏ฐd2
4
๏ฝ 4.9087 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ2 in 2
(750 lb)(4.8 ft ๏ด 12 in./ft)
(4.9087 ๏ด 10๏ญ2 in 2 )(29 ๏ด 106 psi)
๏ค ๏ฝ 3.0347 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ2 in.
(b) Stress:
๏ณ๏ฝ
P
A
Area:
๏ณ๏ฝ
(750lb)
(4.9087 ๏ด 10๏ญ2 in 2 )
๏ค ๏ฝ 0.0303 in. ๏ด๏
๏ณ ๏ฝ 1.52790 ๏ด 10 4 psi
๏ณ ๏ฝ 15.28 ksi ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
94
PROBLEM 2.3
An 18-m-long steel wire of 5-mm diameter is to be used in the manufacture of a prestressed concrete beam.
It is observed that the wire stretches 45 mm when a tensile force P is applied. Knowing that E ๏ฝ 200 GPa,
determine (a) the magnitude of the force P, (b) the corresponding normal stress in the wire.
SOLUTION
(a)
๏ค๏ฝ
PL
, or
AE
P๏ฝ
๏ค AE
L
1
1
with A ๏ฝ ๏ฐ d 2 ๏ฝ ๏ฐ (0.005)2 ๏ฝ 19.6350 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
4
4
P๏ฝ
(0.045 m)(19.6350 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2 )(200 ๏ด 109 N/m 2 )
๏ฝ 9817.5 N
18 m
P ๏ฝ 9.82 kN ๏ด๏
(b)
๏ณ๏ฝ
P
A
๏ฝ
9817.5 N
19.6350 ๏ด 10
๏ญ6
6
m
2
๏ณ ๏ฝ 500 MPa ๏ด๏
๏ฝ 500 ๏ด 10 Pa
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
95
PROBLEM 2.4
Two gage marks are placed exactly 250 mm apart on a 12-mm-diameter aluminum rod with E = 73 GPa and
an ultimate strength of 140 MPa. Knowing that the distance between the gage marks is 250.28 mm after a load
is applied, determine (a) the stress in the rod, (b) the factor of safety.
SOLUTION
(a)
๏ค ๏ฝ L ๏ญ L0
๏ฝ 250.28 mm ๏ญ 250 mm
๏ฝ 0.28 mm
๏ฅ๏ฝ
๏ฝ
๏ค
L0
0.28 mm
250 mm
๏ฝ 1.11643 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ4
๏ณ ๏ฝ E๏ฅ
๏ฝ (73 ๏ด 109 Pa)(1.11643 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ4 )
๏ฝ 8.1760 ๏ด 107 Pa
๏ณ ๏ฝ 81.8 MPa ๏ด๏
(b)
F.S. ๏ฝ
๏ฝ
๏ณu
๏ณ
140 MPa
81.760 MPa
๏ฝ 1.71233
F.S. ๏ฝ 1.712 ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
96
PROBLEM 2.5
An aluminum pipe must not stretch more than 0.05 in. when it is subjected to a tensile load. Knowing that
E ๏ฝ 10.1 ๏ด 106 psi and that the maximum allowable normal stress is 14 ksi, determine (a) the maximum
allowable length of the pipe, (b) the required area of the pipe if the tensile load is 127.5 kips.
SOLUTION
(a)
๏ค๏ฝ
PL
AE
Thus,
L๏ฝ
EA๏ค
E๏ค
(10.1 ๏ด 106 ) (0.05)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ
๏ณ
P
14 ๏ด 103
L ๏ฝ 36.1 in. ๏ด
(b)
๏ณ ๏ฝ
P
A
Thus,
A๏ฝ
P
๏ณ
๏ฝ
127.5 ๏ด 103
14 ๏ด 103
A ๏ฝ 9.11 in 2 ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
97
PROBLEM 2.6
A control rod made of yellow brass must not stretch more than 3 mm when the tension in the wire is 4 kN.
Knowing that E = 105 GPa and that the maximum allowable normal stress is 180 MPa, determine (a) the
smallest diameter rod that should be used, (b) the corresponding maximum length of the rod.
SOLUTION
(a)
๏ณ๏ฝ
P
;
A
A๏ฝ
๏ฐd2
4
Substituting, we have
๏ณ ๏ฝ
P
๏ฆ ๏ฐd2 ๏ถ
๏ง๏ง
๏ท๏ท
๏จ 4 ๏ธ
๏
d ๏ฝ
d ๏ฝ
4P
๏ณ๏ฐ
4(4 ๏ด 103 N)
(180 ๏ด 106 Pa) ๏ฐ
d ๏ฝ 5.3192 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
d ๏ฝ 5.32 mm ๏ด
(b)
๏ณ ๏ฝ E๏ฅ ;
๏ฅ๏ฝ
๏ค
L
Substituting, we have
๏ณ ๏ฝE
๏ค
L
๏
L๏ฝ
L๏ฝ
E๏ถ
๏ณ
(105 ๏ด 109 Pa) (3 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m)
(180 ๏ด 106 Pa)
L ๏ฝ 1.750 m ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
98
PROBLEM 2.7
A steel control rod is 5.5 ft long and must not stretch more than 0.04 in. when a 2-kip tensile load is applied to it.
Knowing that E ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi, determine (a) the smallest diameter rod that should be used, (b) the
corresponding normal stress caused by the load.
SOLUTION
(a)
๏ค๏ฝ
PL
AE
: 0.04 in. ๏ฝ
(2000 lb) (5.5 ๏ด 12 in.)
6
A (29 ๏ด 10 psi)
A๏ฝ
1 2
๏ฐ d ๏ฝ 0.113793 in 2
4
d ๏ฝ 0.38063 in.
(b)
๏ณ๏ฝ
P
A
๏ฝ
2000 lb
0.113793 in
2
d ๏ฝ 0.381 in. ๏ด๏
๏ณ ๏ฝ 17.58 ksi ๏ด๏
๏ฝ 17575.8 psi
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
99
PROBLEM 2.8
A cast-iron tube is used to support a compressive load. Knowing that E ๏ฝ 10 ๏ด 106 psi and that the maximum
allowable change in length is 0.025%, determine (a) the maximum normal stress in the tube, (b) the minimum
wall thickness for a load of 1600 lb if the outside diameter of the tube is 2.0 in.
SOLUTION
(a)
๏ค
L
๏ฝ
๏ค
100
๏ฝ 0.00025
๏ณ ๏ฝ E๏ฅ ;
๏
๏ณ ๏ฝE
๏ฅ๏ฝ
๏ค
L
๏ค
L
๏ณ ๏ฝ (10 ๏ด 106 psi)(0.00025)
๏ณ ๏ฝ 2.50 ๏ด 103 psi
๏ณ ๏ฝ 2.50 ksi ๏ด
(b)
๏ณ ๏ฝ
A๏ฝ
P
;
A
๏ฐ
4
๏
A๏ฝ
๏ณ
๏ฝ
1600 lb
๏ฝ 0.64 in 2
2.50 ๏ด 103 psi
๏จd ๏ญ d ๏ฉ
2
o
di2 ๏ฝ d o2 ๏ญ
2
i
4A
๏ฐ
di2 ๏ฝ (2.0 in.) 2 ๏ญ
4(0.64 in 2 )
๏ฐ
๏
t ๏ฝ
P
๏ฝ 3.1851 in 2
di ๏ฝ 1.78469 in.
1
1
(d o ๏ญ di ) ๏ฝ (2.0 in. ๏ญ 1.78469 in.)
2
2
t ๏ฝ 0.107655 in.
t ๏ฝ 0.1077 ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
100
PROBLEM 2.9
A 4-m-long steel rod must not stretch more than 3 mm and the normal stress must not exceed 150 MPa when
the rod is subjected to a 10-kN axial load. Knowing that E ๏ฝ 200 GPa, determine the required diameter of
the rod.
SOLUTION
L ๏ฝ4m
๏ค ๏ฝ 3 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m,
๏ณ ๏ฝ 150 ๏ด 106 Pa
E ๏ฝ 200 ๏ด 109 Pa, P ๏ฝ 10 ๏ด 103 N
Stress:
๏ณ ๏ฝ
A๏ฝ
Deformation:
P
A
P
๏ณ
๏ฝ
10 ๏ด 103 N
๏ฝ 66.667 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2 ๏ฝ 66.667 mm 2
6
150 ๏ด 10 Pa
๏ค ๏ฝ
PL
AE
A๏ฝ
PL
(10 ๏ด 103 )(4)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 66.667 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2 ๏ฝ 66.667 mm 2
E๏ค
(200 ๏ด 109 )(3 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
The larger value of A governs:
A ๏ฝ 66.667 mm 2
A๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
d2
d๏ฝ
4A
๏ฐ
๏ฝ
4(66.667)
๏ฐ
d ๏ฝ 9.21 mm ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
101
PROBLEM 2.10
A nylon thread is to be subjected to a 10-N tension. Knowing that E ๏ฝ 3.2 GPa, that the maximum allowable
normal stress is 40 MPa, and that the length of the thread must not increase by more than 1%, determine the
required diameter of the thread.
SOLUTION
Stress criterion:
๏ณ ๏ฝ 40 MPa ๏ฝ 40 ๏ด 106 Pa P ๏ฝ 10 N
๏ณ ๏ฝ
A๏ฝ
P
P
10 N
: A๏ฝ
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 250 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 m 2
A
๏ณ
40 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ฐ
4
d 2: d ๏ฝ 2
A
๏ฐ
250 ๏ด 10๏ญ9
๏ฝ2
๏ฐ
๏ฝ 564.19 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
d ๏ฝ 0.564 mm
Elongation criterion:
๏ค
L
๏ฝ 1% ๏ฝ 0.01
๏ค ๏ฝ
PL
:
AE
A๏ฝ
P /E 10 N/3.2 ๏ด 109 Pa
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 312.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 m 2
๏ค /L
0.01
d ๏ฝ2
A
๏ฐ
๏ฝ2
312.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ9
๏ฐ
๏ฝ 630.78 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
d ๏ฝ 0.631 mm
d ๏ฝ 0.631 mm ๏ด๏
The required diameter is the larger value:
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
102
PROBLEM 2.11
A block of 10-in. length and 1.8 ร 1.6-in. cross section is to support a centric compressive load P. The
material to be used is a bronze for which E ๏ฝ 14 ร 106 psi. Determine the largest load that can be applied,
knowing that the normal stress must not exceed 18 ksi and that the decrease in length of the block should be at
most 0.12% of its original length.
SOLUTION
Considering allowable stress,
๏ณ ๏ฝ 18 ksi
Cross-sectional area:
A ๏ฝ (1.8 in.)(1.6 in.) ๏ฝ 2.880 in 2
๏ณ๏ฝ
P
A
or
18 ๏ด 103 psi
P ๏ฝ๏ณ A
๏
๏ฝ (18 ๏ด 103 psi)(2.880 in 2 )
๏ฝ 5.1840 ๏ด 104 lb
or 51.840 kips
Considering allowable deformation,
๏ค๏ฝ
PL
AE
๏ค
L
๏
๏ฝ 0.12%
or
0.0012 in.
๏ฆ๏ค ๏ถ
P ๏ฝ AE ๏ง ๏ท
๏จL๏ธ
P ๏ฝ (2.880 in 2 )(14 ๏ด 106 psi)(0.0012 in.)
๏ฝ 4.8384 ๏ด 104 lb
or 48.384 kips
The smaller value for P resulting from the required deformation criteria governs.
48.4 kips ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
103
PROBLEM 2.12
A square yellow-brass bar must not stretch more than 2.5 mm when it is subjected to a tensile load. Knowing
that E ๏ฝ 105 GPa and that the allowable tensile strength is 180 MPa, determine (a) the maximum allowable
length of the bar, (b) the required dimensions of the cross section if the tensile load is 40 kN.
SOLUTION
๏ณ ๏ฝ 180 ๏ด 106 Pa P ๏ฝ 40 ๏ด 103 N
E ๏ฝ 105 ๏ด 109 Pa ๏ค ๏ฝ 2.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
(a)
PL ๏ณ L
๏ฝ
AE
E
E๏ค (105 ๏ด 109 )(2.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 1.45833 m
L๏ฝ
๏ณ
180 ๏ด 106
๏ค๏ฝ
L ๏ฝ 1.458 m ๏ด
(b)
๏ณ ๏ฝ
A๏ฝ
P
A
P
๏ณ
A ๏ฝ a2
๏ฝ
40 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ 222.22 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2 ๏ฝ 222.22 mm 2
180 ๏ด 106
a๏ฝ
A ๏ฝ
a ๏ฝ 14.91 mm ๏ด๏
222.22
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
104
P โซฝ 130 kips
PROBLEM 2.13
Rod BD is made of steel ( E ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi) and is used to brace the axially
compressed member ABC. The maximum force that can be developed in member
BD is 0.02P. If the stress must not exceed 18 ksi and the maximum change in
length of BD must not exceed 0.001 times the length of ABC, determine the
smallest-diameter rod that can be used for member BD.
A
72 in.
D
B
72 in.
C
54 in.
SOLUTION
FBD ๏ฝ 0.02 P ๏ฝ (0.02)(130) ๏ฝ 2.6 kips ๏ฝ 2.6 ๏ด 103 lb
Considering stress, ๏ณ ๏ฝ 18 ksi ๏ฝ 18 ๏ด 103 psi
๏ณ๏ฝ
FBD
A
๏ A๏ฝ
FBD
๏ฝ
๏ณ
2.6
๏ฝ 0.14444 in 2
18
Considering deformation, ๏ค ๏ฝ (0.001)(144) ๏ฝ 0.144 in.
๏ค๏ฝ
FBD LBD
AE
๏
A๏ฝ
FBD LBD
(2.6 ๏ด 103 )(54)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 0.03362 in 2
6
E๏ค
(29 ๏ด 10 )(0.144)
Larger area governs. A ๏ฝ 0.14444 in 2
A๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
d2
๏
d๏ฝ
4A
๏ฐ
๏ฝ
(4)(0.14444)
๏ฐ
d ๏ฝ 0.429 in. ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
105
PROBLEM 2.14
B
2.5 m
The 4-mm-diameter cable BC is made of a steel with E ๏ฝ 200 GPa. Knowing
that the maximum stress in the cable must not exceed 190 MPa and that the
elongation of the cable must not exceed 6 mm, find the maximum load P that
can be applied as shown.
P
3.5 m
A
C
4.0 m
SOLUTION
LBC ๏ฝ 62 ๏ซ 42 ๏ฝ 7.2111 m
Use bar AB as a free body.
๏ฆ 4
๏ถ
FBC ๏ท ๏ฝ 0
3.5P ๏ญ (6) ๏ง
7.2111
๏จ
๏ธ
P ๏ฝ 0.9509 FBC
๏ M A ๏ฝ 0:
Considering allowable stress, ๏ณ ๏ฝ 190 ๏ด 106 Pa
A๏ฝ
๏ฐ
d2 ๏ฝ
4
FBC
๏ณ๏ฝ
A
๏ฐ
4
(0.004) 2 ๏ฝ 12.566 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
๏ FBC ๏ฝ ๏ณ A ๏ฝ (190 ๏ด 106 )(12.566 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ 2.388 ๏ด 103 N
Considering allowable elongation, ๏ค ๏ฝ 6 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
๏ค๏ฝ
FBC LBC
AE
๏ FBC ๏ฝ
AE๏ค (12.566 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(200 ๏ด 109 )(6 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 2.091 ๏ด 103 N
7.2111
LBC
Smaller value governs. FBC ๏ฝ 2.091 ๏ด 103 N
P ๏ฝ 0.9509 FBC ๏ฝ (0.9509)(2.091 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ฝ 1.988 ๏ด 103 N
P ๏ฝ 1.988 kN ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
106
PROBLEM 2.15
1.25-in. diameter
d
A single axial load of magnitude P = 15 kips is applied at end C of the steel
rod ABC. Knowing that E = 30 ร 106 psi, determine the diameter d of portion
BC for which the deflection of point C will be 0.05 in.
A
4 ft
B
3 ft
C
P
SOLUTION
๏คC ๏ฝ ๏ฅ
PLi
๏ฆ PL ๏ถ
๏ฆ PL ๏ถ
๏ฝ๏ง
๏ซ๏ง
๏ท
Ai Ei ๏จ AE ๏ธ AB ๏จ AE ๏ท๏ธ BC
LAB ๏ฝ 4 ft ๏ฝ 48 in.;
AAB ๏ฝ
๏ฐd2
4
๏ฝ
LBC ๏ฝ 3 ft ๏ฝ 36 in.
๏ฐ (1.25 in.)2
4
๏ฝ 1.22718 in 2
Substituting, we have
๏ฆ 15 ๏ด 103 lb ๏ถ๏ฆ 48 in.
36 in. ๏ถ
0.05 in. ๏ฝ ๏ง๏ง
๏ซ
๏ท๏ง
๏ท
6
2
๏ท
ABC ๏ธ
๏จ 30 ๏ด 10 psi ๏ธ ๏จ 1.22718 in
ABC ๏ฝ 0.59127 in 2
ABC ๏ฝ
or
d ๏ฝ
d ๏ฝ
๏ฐd2
4
4 ABC
๏ฐ
4(0.59127 in 2 )
๏ฐ
d ๏ฝ 0.86766 in.
d ๏ฝ 0.868 in. ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
107
PROBLEM 2.16
36 mm
A 250-mm-long aluminum tube ( E ๏ฝ 70 GPa) of 36-mm outer
diameter and 28-mm inner diameter can be closed at both ends by
means of single-threaded screw-on covers of 1.5-mm pitch. With
one cover screwed on tight, a solid brass rod ( E ๏ฝ 105 GPa) of
25-mm diameter is placed inside the tube and the second cover is
screwed on. Since the rod is slightly longer than the tube, it is
observed that the cover must be forced against the rod by rotating
it one-quarter of a turn before it can be tightly closed. Determine
(a) the average normal stress in the tube and in the rod, (b) the
deformations of the tube and of the rod.
28 mm
25 mm
250 mm
SOLUTION
Atube ๏ฝ
A rod ๏ฝ
๏ค tube ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
๏ฐ
4
(d o2 ๏ญ di2 ) ๏ฝ
d2 ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
๏ฐ
4
(362 ๏ญ 282 ) ๏ฝ 402.12 mm 2 ๏ฝ 402.12 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
(25)2 ๏ฝ 490.87 mm 2 ๏ฝ 490.87 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
PL
P(0.250)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 8.8815 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
9
Etube Atube (70 ๏ด 10 )(402.12 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ค rod ๏ฝ ๏ญ
PL
P(0.250)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ ๏ญ4.8505 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
Erod Arod (105 ๏ด 106 )(490.87 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ฆ1
๏ถ
turn ๏ท ๏ด 1.5 mm ๏ฝ 0.375 mm ๏ฝ 375 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
๏จ4
๏ธ
๏ค* ๏ฝ ๏ง
๏ค tube ๏ฝ ๏ค * ๏ซ ๏ค rod
or ๏ค tube ๏ญ ๏ค rod ๏ฝ ๏ค *
8.8815 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P ๏ซ 4.8505 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P ๏ฝ 375 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
P๏ฝ
(a)
๏ณ tube ๏ฝ
P
27.308 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 67.9 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ญ6
Atube 402.12 ๏ด 10
๏ณ rod ๏ฝ ๏ญ
(b)
0.375 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
๏ฝ 27.308 ๏ด 103 N
(8.8815 ๏ซ 4.8505)(10๏ญ9 )
๏ณ tube ๏ฝ 67.9 MPa ๏ด
P
27.308 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ55.6 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ญ6
Arod
490.87 ๏ด 10
๏ค tube ๏ฝ (8.8815 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 )(27.308 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ฝ 242.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
๏ค rod ๏ฝ ๏ญ(4.8505 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 )(27.308 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ132.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
๏ณ rod ๏ฝ ๏ญ55.6 MPa ๏ด
๏ค tube ๏ฝ 0.243 mm ๏ด
๏ค rod ๏ฝ ๏ญ0.1325 mm ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
108
P 5 350 lb
B 0.4 in. C
A
1 in.
1.6 in.
D
PROBLEM 2.17
P 5 350 lb
1 in.
The specimen shown has been cut from a 14 -in.-thick sheet
of vinyl (E = 0.45 ร 106 psi) and is subjected to a 350-lb
tensile load. Determine (a) the total deformation of the
specimen, (b) the deformation of its central portion BC.
2 in.
1.6 in.
๏ค AB ๏ฝ
PLAB
(350 lb)(1.6 in.)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 4.9778 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
EAAB (0.45 ๏ด 106 psi)(1 in.)(0.25 in.)
๏ค BC ๏ฝ
PLBC
(350 lb)(2 in.)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 15.5556 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
EABC (0.45 ๏ด 106 psi)(0.4 in.)(0.25 in.)
SOLUTION
๏ค CD ๏ฝ ๏ค AB ๏ฝ 4.9778 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
(a)
Total deformation:
๏ค ๏ฝ ๏ค AB ๏ซ ๏ค BC ๏ซ ๏ค CD
๏ค ๏ฝ 25.511 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
๏ค ๏ฝ 25.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in. ๏ด
(b)
Deformation of portion BC :
๏ค BC ๏ฝ 15.56 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ3 in. ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
109
PROBLEM 2.18
P
D
1 mm
A
The brass tube AB ( E ๏ฝ 105 GPa) has a cross-sectional area of
140 mm2 and is fitted with a plug at A. The tube is attached at B to a
rigid plate that is itself attached at C to the bottom of an aluminum
cylinder ( E ๏ฝ 72 GPa) with a cross-sectional area of 250 mm2. The
cylinder is then hung from a support at D. In order to close the
cylinder, the plug must move down through 1 mm. Determine the
force P that must be applied to the cylinder.
375 mm
B
C
SOLUTION
Shortening of brass tube AB:
LAB ๏ฝ 375 ๏ซ 1 ๏ฝ 376 mm ๏ฝ 0.376 m
AAB ๏ฝ 140 mm 2 ๏ฝ 140 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
E AB ๏ฝ 105 ๏ด 109 Pa
๏ค AB ๏ฝ
PLAB
P(0.376)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 25.578 ๏ด 10๏ญ9P
๏ญ6
9
E AB AAB
(105 ๏ด 10 )(140 ๏ด 10 )
Lengthening of aluminum cylinder CD:
LCD ๏ฝ 0.375 m
๏ค CD ๏ฝ
ACD ๏ฝ 250 mm 2 ๏ฝ 250 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
ECD ๏ฝ 72 ๏ด 109 Pa
PLCD
P(0.375)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 20.833 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
ECD ACD (72 ๏ด 109 )(250 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ค A ๏ฝ ๏ค AB ๏ซ ๏ค CD where ๏ค A ๏ฝ 0.001 m
Total deflection:
0.001 ๏ฝ (25.578 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 ๏ซ 20.833 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 ) P
P ๏ฝ 21.547 ๏ด 103 N
P ๏ฝ 21.5 kN ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
110
PROBLEM 2.19
P
Both portions of the rod ABC are made of an aluminum for which E ๏ฝ 70 GPa.
Knowing that the magnitude of P is 4 kN, determine (a) the value of Q so that
the deflection at A is zero, (b) the corresponding deflection of B.
A
20-mm diameter
0.4 m
B
Q
0.5 m
60-mm diameter
C
SOLUTION
(a)
AAB ๏ฝ
ABC ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
๏ฐ
4
2
d AB
๏ฝ
2
d BC
๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
๏ฐ
4
(0.020) 2 ๏ฝ 314.16 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
(0.060)2 ๏ฝ 2.8274 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
Force in member AB is P tension.
Elongation:
๏ค AB ๏ฝ
PLAB
(4 ๏ด 103 )(0.4)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 72.756 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
EAAB (70 ๏ด 109 )(314.16 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
Force in member BC is Q ๏ญ P compression.
Shortening:
๏ค BC ๏ฝ
(Q ๏ญ P) LBC
(Q ๏ญ P)(0.5)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 2.5263 ๏ด 10๏ญ9(Q ๏ญ P)
9
๏ญ3
EABC
(70 ๏ด 10 )(2.8274 ๏ด 10 )
For zero deflection at A, ๏ค BC ๏ฝ ๏ค AB
2.5263 ๏ด 10๏ญ9(Q ๏ญ P) ๏ฝ 72.756 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ๏ Q ๏ญ P ๏ฝ 28.8 ๏ด 103 N
Q ๏ฝ 28.3 ๏ด 103 ๏ซ 4 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ 32.8 ๏ด 103 N
(b)
๏ค AB ๏ฝ ๏ค BC ๏ฝ ๏ค B ๏ฝ 72.756 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
Q ๏ฝ 32.8 kN ๏ด
๏ค AB ๏ฝ 0.0728 mm ๏ฏ ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
111
PROBLEM 2.20
P
The rod ABC is made of an aluminum for which E ๏ฝ 70 GPa. Knowing that
P ๏ฝ 6 kN and Q ๏ฝ 42 kN, determine the deflection of (a) point A, (b) point B.
A
20-mm diameter
0.4 m
B
Q
0.5 m
60-mm diameter
C
SOLUTION
AAB ๏ฝ
ABC ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
๏ฐ
4
2
d AB
๏ฝ
2
d BC
๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
๏ฐ
4
(0.020)2 ๏ฝ 314.16 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
(0.060)2 ๏ฝ 2.8274 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
PAB ๏ฝ P ๏ฝ 6 ๏ด 103 N
PBC ๏ฝ P ๏ญ Q ๏ฝ 6 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 42 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ ๏ญ36 ๏ด 103 N
LAB ๏ฝ 0.4 m LBC ๏ฝ 0.5 m
๏ค AB ๏ฝ
PAB LAB
(6 ๏ด 103 )(0.4)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 109.135 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
๏ญ6
9
AAB E A (314.16 ๏ด 10 )(70 ๏ด 10 )
๏ค BC ๏ฝ
PBC LBC
(๏ญ36 ๏ด 103 )(0.5)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ ๏ญ90.947 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
ABC E
(2.8274 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )(70 ๏ด 109 )
(a)
๏ค A ๏ฝ ๏ค AB ๏ซ ๏ค BC ๏ฝ 109.135 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ๏ญ 90.947 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m ๏ฝ 18.19 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
(b)
๏ค B ๏ฝ ๏ค BC ๏ฝ ๏ญ90.9 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m ๏ฝ ๏ญ0.0909 mm
or
๏ค A ๏ฝ 0.01819 mm ๏ญ ๏ด
๏ค B ๏ฝ 0.0909 mm ๏ฏ ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
112
228 kN
PROBLEM 2.21
D
For the steel truss ( E ๏ฝ 200 GPa) and loading shown, determine
the deformations of the members AB and AD, knowing that their
cross-sectional areas are 2400 mm2 and 1800 mm2, respectively.
B
A
4.0 m
2.5 m
C
4.0 m
SOLUTION
Statics: Reactions are 114 kN upward at A and C.
Member BD is a zero force member.
LAB ๏ฝ 4.02 ๏ซ 2.52 ๏ฝ 4.717 m
Use joint A as a free body.
๏Fy ๏ฝ 0 : 114 ๏ซ
2.5
FAB ๏ฝ 0
4.717
FAB ๏ฝ ๏ญ215.10 kN
๏Fx ๏ฝ 0 : FAD ๏ซ
FAD ๏ฝ ๏ญ
4
FAB ๏ฝ 0
4.717
(4)(๏ญ215.10)
๏ฝ 182.4 kN
4.717
Member AB:
๏ค AB ๏ฝ
FAB LAB
(๏ญ215.10 ๏ด 103 )(4.717)
๏ฝ
EAAB
(200 ๏ด 109 )(2400 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ฝ ๏ญ2.11 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
Member AD:
๏ค AD ๏ฝ
๏ค AB ๏ฝ ๏ญ2.11 mm ๏ด
FAD LAD
(182.4 ๏ด 103 )(4.0)
๏ฝ
EAAD
(200 ๏ด 109 )(1800 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ฝ 2.03 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
๏ค AD ๏ฝ 2.03 mm ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
113
30 kips
A
PROBLEM 2.22
30 kips
B
For the steel truss ( E ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi) and loading shown, determine the
deformations of the members BD and DE, knowing that their crosssectional areas are 2 in2 and 3 in2, respectively.
8 ft
C
8 ft
30 kips
D
E
8 ft
F
G
15 ft
SOLUTION
Free body: Portion ABC of truss
๏M E ๏ฝ 0 : FBD (15 ft) ๏ญ (30 kips)(8 ft) ๏ญ (30 kips)(16 ft) ๏ฝ 0
FBD ๏ฝ ๏ซ 48.0 kips
Free body: Portion ABEC of truss
๏Fx ๏ฝ 0 : 30 kips ๏ซ 30 kips ๏ญ FDE ๏ฝ 0 ๏
FDE ๏ฝ ๏ซ 60.0 kips
๏
๏ค BD ๏ฝ
PL (๏ซ48.0 ๏ด 103 lb)(8 ๏ด 12 in.)
๏ฝ
AE
(2 in 2 )(29 ๏ด 106 psi)
๏ค BD ๏ฝ ๏ซ79.4 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in. ๏ด๏
๏ค DE ๏ฝ
PL (๏ซ60.0 ๏ด 103 lb)(15 ๏ด 12 in.)
๏ฝ
AE
(3 in 2 )(29 ๏ด 106 psi)
๏ค DE ๏ฝ ๏ซ124.1 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in. ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
114
6 ft
PROBLEM 2.23
6 ft
C
B
5 ft
A
D
28 kips
Members AB and BC are made of steel ( E ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi) with crosssectional areas of 0.80 in2 and 0.64 in2, respectively. For the loading
shown, determine the elongation of (a) member AB, (b) member BC.
E
54 kips
SOLUTION
(a)
LAB ๏ฝ
62 ๏ซ 52 ๏ฝ 7.810 ft ๏ฝ 93.72 in.
Use joint A as a free body.
5
FAB ๏ญ 28 ๏ฝ 0
7.810
FAB ๏ฝ 43.74 kip ๏ฝ 43.74 ๏ด 103 lb
๏Fy ๏ฝ 0:
๏ค AB ๏ฝ
(b)
FAB LAB
(43.74 ๏ด 103 )(93.72)
๏ฝ
EAAB
(29 ๏ด 106 )(0.80)
๏ค AB ๏ฝ 0.1767 in. ๏ด
Use joint B as a free body.
๏Fx ๏ฝ 0: FBC ๏ญ
FBC ๏ฝ
๏ค BC ๏ฝ
6
FAB ๏ฝ 0
7.810
(6)(43.74)
๏ฝ 33.60 kip ๏ฝ 33.60 ๏ด 103 lb
7.810
FBC LBC
(33.60 ๏ด 103 )(72)
๏ฝ
EABC
(29 ๏ด 106 )(0.64)
๏ค BC ๏ฝ 0.1304 in. ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
115
P
B
C
A
D
PROBLEM 2.24
The steel frame ( E ๏ฝ 200 GPa) shown has a diagonal brace BD with
an area of 1920 mm2. Determine the largest allowable load P if the
change in length of member BD is not to exceed 1.6 mm.
6m
5m
SOLUTION
๏ค BD ๏ฝ 1.6 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m, ABD ๏ฝ 1920 mm 2 ๏ฝ 1920 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
LBD ๏ฝ
52 ๏ซ 62 ๏ฝ 7.810 m, EBD ๏ฝ 200 ๏ด 109 Pa
๏ค BD ๏ฝ
FBD LBD
EBD ABD
FBD ๏ฝ
(200 ๏ด 109 )(1920 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(1.6 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
EBD ABD๏ค BD
๏ฝ
7.81
LBD
๏ฝ 78.67 ๏ด 103 N
Use joint B as a free body.
๏Fx ๏ฝ 0:
5
FBD ๏ญ P ๏ฝ 0
7.810
P๏ฝ
5
(5)(78.67 ๏ด 103 )
FBD ๏ฝ
7.810
7.810
๏ฝ 50.4 ๏ด 103 N
P ๏ฝ 50.4 kN ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
116
PROBLEM 2.25
D
225 mm
C
A
B
150 mm
P
Link BD is made of brass ( E ๏ฝ 105 GPa) and has a cross-sectional area of
240 mm2. Link CE is made of aluminum ( E ๏ฝ 72 GPa) and has a crosssectional area of 300 mm2. Knowing that they support rigid member ABC,
determine the maximum force P that can be applied vertically at point A if
the deflection of A is not to exceed 0.35 mm.
E
125 mm
225 mm
SOLUTION
Free body member AC:
๏M C ๏ฝ 0: 0.350 P ๏ญ 0.225FBD ๏ฝ 0
FBD ๏ฝ 1.55556 P
๏M B ๏ฝ 0: 0.125P ๏ญ 0.225 FCE ๏ฝ 0
FCE ๏ฝ 0.55556 P
๏ค B ๏ฝ ๏ค BD ๏ฝ
FBD LBD
(1.55556 P)(0.225)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 13.8889 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
EBD ABD (105 ๏ด 109 )(240 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ค C ๏ฝ ๏ค CE ๏ฝ
FCE LCE
(0.55556 P)(0.150)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 3.8581 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
ECE ACE (72 ๏ด 109 )(300 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
Deformation Diagram:
From the deformation diagram,
Slope:
๏ฑ๏ฝ
๏ค B ๏ซ ๏คC
๏ฝ
LBC
๏ค A ๏ฝ ๏ค B ๏ซ LAB๏ฑ
17.7470 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
๏ฝ 78.876 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
0.225
๏ฝ 13.8889 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P ๏ซ (0.125)(78.876 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P)
๏ฝ 23.748 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
Apply displacement limit. ๏ค A ๏ฝ 0.35 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m ๏ฝ 23.748 ๏ด 10๏ญ9P
P ๏ฝ 14.7381 ๏ด 103 N
P ๏ฝ 14.74 kN ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
117
PROBLEM 2.26
F
C
180 mm
B
E
A
D
Members ABC and DEF are joined with steel links (E ๏ฝ 200 GPa).
Each of the links is made of a pair of 25 ร 35-mm plates. Determine
the change in length of (a) member BE, (b) member CF.
260 mm
18 kN
240 mm
18 kN
SOLUTION
Free body diagram of Member ABC:
๏M B ๏ฝ 0:
(0.26 m)(18 kN) ๏ญ (0.18 m) FCF ๏ฝ 0
FCF ๏ฝ 26.0 kN
๏Fx ๏ฝ 0:
18 kN ๏ซ FBE ๏ซ 26.0 kN ๏ฝ 0
FBE ๏ฝ ๏ญ44.0 kN
Area for link made of two plates:
A ๏ฝ 2(0.025 m)(0.035 m) ๏ฝ 1.750 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
(a)
๏ค BE ๏ฝ
FBE L
(๏ญ44.0 ๏ด 103 N)(0.240 m)
๏ฝ
EA
(200 ๏ด 109 Pa)(1.75 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2 )
๏ฝ ๏ญ30.171 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
๏ค BE ๏ฝ ๏ญ0.0302 mm ๏ด
(b)
๏ค CF ๏ฝ
FBF L
(26.0 ๏ด 103 N)(0.240 m)
๏ฝ
EA
(200 ๏ด 109 Pa)(1.75 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2 )
๏ฝ 17.8286 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
๏ค CF ๏ฝ 0.01783 mm ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
118
A
D
P = 1 kip
Each of the links AB and CD is made of aluminum ( E ๏ฝ 10.9 ๏ด 106 psi)
and has a cross-sectional area of 0.2 in2. Knowing that they support the
rigid member BC, determine the deflection of point E.
18 in.
E
B
22 in.
PROBLEM 2.27
C
10 in.
SOLUTION
Free body BC:
๏M C ๏ฝ 0: ๏ญ (32) FAB ๏ซ (22) (1 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ฝ 0
FAB ๏ฝ 687.5 lb
๏Fy ๏ฝ 0: 687.5 ๏ญ 1 ๏ด 103 ๏ซ FCD ๏ฝ 0
FCD ๏ฝ 312.5 lb
๏ค AB ๏ฝ
FAB LAB
(687.5)(18)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 5.6766 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in. ๏ฝ ๏ค B
EA
(10.9 ๏ด 106 )(0.2)
๏ค CD ๏ฝ
FCD LCD
(312.5)(18)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 2.5803 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in. ๏ฝ ๏ค C
EA
(10.9 ๏ด 106 )(0.2)
Deformation diagram:
Slope ๏ฑ ๏ฝ
๏ค B ๏ญ ๏คC
LBC
๏ฝ
3.0963 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
32
๏ฝ 96.759 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 rad
๏ค E ๏ฝ ๏ค C ๏ซ LEC๏ฑ
๏ฝ 2.5803 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ซ (22)(96.759 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ฝ 4.7090 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
๏ค E ๏ฝ 4.71 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ3 in. ๏ฏ ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
119
PROBLEM 2.28
D
3
The length of the 32
-in.-diameter steel wire CD has been adjusted so that
with no load applied, a gap of 161 in. exists between the end B of the rigid
beam ACB and a contact point E. Knowing that E ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi,
determine where a 50-lb block should be placed on the beam in order to
cause contact between B and E.
12.5 in.
x
C
50 lb
B
A
E
16 in.
1
16 in.
4 in.
SOLUTION
Rigid beam ACB rotates through angle ๏ฑ to close gap.
๏ฑ๏ฝ
1/16
๏ฝ 3.125 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 rad
20
Point C moves downward.
๏ค C ๏ฝ 4๏ฑ ๏ฝ 4(3.125 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ) ๏ฝ 12.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
๏ค CD ๏ฝ ๏ค C ๏ฝ 12.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
ACD ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
2
d ๏ฝ
๏ฐ๏ฆ 3 ๏ถ
d
F L
๏ค CD ๏ฝ CD CD
EACD
FCD ๏ฝ
2
๏ฝ 6.9029 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in 2
๏ง
๏ท
4 ๏จ 32 ๏ธ
EACD๏ค CD (29 ๏ด 106 )(6.9029 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )(12.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ
LCD
12.5
๏ฝ 200.18 lb
Free body ACB:
๏M A ๏ฝ 0: 4 FCD ๏ญ (50)(20 ๏ญ x) ๏ฝ 0
(4)(200.18)
๏ฝ 16.0144
50
x ๏ฝ 3.9856 in.
20 ๏ญ x ๏ฝ
x ๏ผ 3.99 in. ๏ด
For contact,
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
120
PROBLEM 2.29
A homogeneous cable of length L and uniform cross section is suspended from one end. (a) Denoting by ๏ฒ the
density (mass per unit volume) of the cable and by E its modulus of elasticity, determine the elongation of the
cable due to its own weight. (b) Show that the same elongation would be obtained if the cable were horizontal
and if a force equal to half of its weight were applied at each end.
SOLUTION
(a)
For element at point identified by coordinate y,
P ๏ฝ weight of portion below the point
๏ฝ ๏ฒ gA(L ๏ญ y )
d๏ค ๏ฝ
๏ค๏ฝ
Pdy ๏ฒ gA( L ๏ญ y )dy ๏ฒ g ( L ๏ญ y )
๏ฝ
๏ฝ
dy
EA
EA
E
๏ฒ
๏ฝ
(b)
Total weight:
L ๏ฒ g ( L ๏ญ y)
0
E
๏ฒg ๏ฆ
L
1 ๏ถ
dy ๏ฝ
Ly ๏ญ y 2 ๏ท
๏ง
2 ๏ธ0
E ๏จ
๏ฒg ๏ฆ 2
L2 ๏ถ
๏ง๏ง L ๏ญ
๏ท
2 ๏ท๏ธ
E ๏จ
๏ค๏ฝ
1 ๏ฒ gL2
๏ด
2 E
W ๏ฝ ๏ฒ gAL
F๏ฝ
EA๏ค EA 1 ๏ฒ gL2 1
๏ฝ
๏
๏ฝ ๏ฒ gAL
2
L
L 2 E
1
F๏ฝ W ๏ด
2
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
121
PROBLEM 2.30
P
A a
A vertical load P is applied at the center A of the upper section of a homogeneous
frustum of a circular cone of height h, minimum radius a, and maximum radius b.
Denoting by E the modulus of elasticity of the material and neglecting the effect
of its weight, determine the deflection of point A.
h
b
SOLUTION
Extend the slant sides of the cone to meet at a point O and place the origin of the coordinate system there.
tan ๏ก ๏ฝ
From geometry,
a1 ๏ฝ
b๏ญa
h
a
b
, b1 ๏ฝ
,
tan ๏ก
tan ๏ก
r ๏ฝ y tan ๏ก
At coordinate point y, A ๏ฝ ๏ฐ r 2
Deformation of element of height dy:
d๏ค ๏ฝ
Pdy
AE
d๏ค ๏ฝ
P dy
P
dy
๏ฝ
E๏ฐ r 2 ๏ฐ E tan 2 ๏ก y 2
Total deformation:
P
๏คA ๏ฝ
๏ฐ E tan 2 ๏ก
๏ฝ
๏ฒ
b1
๏ฆ1 1๏ถ
๏ฆ 1๏ถ
P
P
๏ฝ
๏ญ ๏ท ๏ฝ
๏ญ ๏ท
๏ง
๏ง
2
2
2
a1 y
๏ฐ E tan ๏ก ๏จ y ๏ธ a ๏ฐ E tan ๏ก ๏จ a1 b1 ๏ธ
b1 dy
1
b1 ๏ญ a1 P(b1 ๏ญ a1 )
P
๏ฝ
2
๏ฐ Eab
๏ฐ E tan ๏ก a1b1
๏คA ๏ฝ
Ph
๏ฏ ๏ด
๏ฐ Eab
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
122
PROBLEM 2.31
Denoting by ๏ฅ the โengineering strainโ in a tensile specimen, show that the true strain is ๏ฅ t ๏ฝ ln (1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ ).
SOLUTION
๏ฅ t ๏ฝ ln
๏ฆ
L ๏ซ๏ค
๏ค ๏ถ
L
๏ฝ ln 0
๏ฝ ln ๏ง1 ๏ซ ๏ท ๏ฝ ln (1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ )
L0
L0
L0 ๏ธ
๏จ
๏ฅ t ๏ฝ ln (1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ ) ๏ด
Thus,
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
123
PROBLEM 2.32
The volume of a tensile specimen is essentially constant while plastic deformation occurs. If the initial
diameter of the specimen is d1, show that when the diameter is d, the true strain is ๏ฅ t ๏ฝ 2 ln(d1 /d ).
SOLUTION
If the volume is constant,
๏ฐ
4
d 2L ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
d12 L0
L d12 ๏ฆ d1 ๏ถ
๏ฝ
๏ฝ
L0 d 2 ๏ง๏จ d ๏ท๏ธ
๏ฅ t ๏ฝ ln
2
L
๏ฆd ๏ถ
๏ฝ ln ๏ง 1 ๏ท
L0
๏จd ๏ธ
2
d
d
๏ฅ t ๏ฝ 2ln 1 ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
124
Brass core
(E = 105 GPa)
Aluminum plates
(E = 70 GPa)
P
PROBLEM 2.33
Rigid
end plate
An axial centric force of magnitude P ๏ฝ 450 kN is applied
to the composite block shown by means of a rigid end
plate. Knowing that h ๏ฝ 10 mm, determine the normal
stress in (a) the brass core, (b) the aluminum plates.
300 mm
60 mm
h
40 mm
h
SOLUTION
๏ค A ๏ฝ ๏ค B ๏ฝ ๏ค;
๏ค๏ฝ
PA L
E A AA
P ๏ฝ PA ๏ซ PB
and ๏ค ๏ฝ
PB L
EB AB
Therefore,
๏ฆ๏ค ๏ถ
PA ๏ฝ ( E A AA ) ๏ง ๏ท ;
๏จL๏ธ
Substituting,
๏ฆ๏ค๏ถ
PA ๏ฝ ๏จ E A AA ๏ซ E B AB ๏ฉ ๏ง ๏ท
๏จ L๏ธ
๏๏ฝ
๏๏ฝ
L
๏ฝ
P
๏จ E A AA ๏ซ EB AB ๏ฉ
(450 ๏ด 103 N)
(70 ๏ด 109 Pa)(2)(0.06 m)(0.01 m) ๏ซ (105 ๏ด 109 Pa)(0.06 m)(0.04 m)
๏๏ฝ 1.33929 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
๏ณ ๏ฝ E๏
Now,
(a)
๏ค
๏ฆ๏ค ๏ถ
PB ๏ฝ ( EB AB ) ๏ง ๏ท
๏จL๏ธ
Brass-core:
๏ณ B ๏ฝ (105 ๏ด 109 Pa)(1.33929 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ 1.40625 ๏ด 108 Pa
๏ณ B ๏ฝ 140.6 MPa ๏ด๏
(b)
Aluminum:
๏ณ A ๏ฝ (70 ๏ด 109 Pa)(1.33929 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ 9.3750 ๏ด 107 Pa
๏ณ A ๏ฝ 93.8 MPa ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
125
Brass core
(E = 105 GPa)
Aluminum plates
(E = 70 GPa)
P
Rigid
end plate
PROBLEM 2.34
For the composite block shown in Prob. 2.33, determine
(a) the value of h if the portion of the load carried by the
aluminum plates is half the portion of the load carried by
the brass core, (b) the total load if the stress in the brass is
80 MPa.
PROBLEM 2.33. An axial centric force of magnitude
P ๏ฝ 450 kN is applied to the composite block shown by
means of a rigid end plate. Knowing that h ๏ฝ 10 mm,
determine the normal stress in (a) the brass core, (b) the
aluminum plates.
300 mm
60 mm
h
40 mm
h
SOLUTION
๏ค ๏ฝ ๏ค a ๏ฝ ๏ค b;
๏ค๏ฝ
Pa L
Ea Aa
P ๏ฝ Pa ๏ซ Pb
and
๏ค๏ฝ
Pb L
Eb Ab
Therefore,
๏ค
Pa ๏ฝ ( Ea Aa ) ;
L
Pa ๏ฝ
(a)
๏ฆ๏ค๏ถ
Pb ๏ฝ ( Eb Ab ) ๏ง ๏ท
๏จ L๏ธ
1
Pb
2
๏ฆ๏ค๏ถ 1
๏ฆ๏ค๏ถ
( Ea Aa ) ๏ง ๏ท ๏ฝ ( Eb Ab ) ๏ง ๏ท
๏จ L๏ธ 2
๏จ L๏ธ
Aa ๏ฝ
1 ๏ฆ Eb ๏ถ
Ab
2 ๏ง๏จ E a ๏ท๏ธ
Aa ๏ฝ
1 ๏ฆ 105 GPa ๏ถ
๏ง
๏ท (40 mm)(60 mm)
2 ๏จ 70 GPa ๏ธ
Aa ๏ฝ 1800 mm 2
1800 mm 2 ๏ฝ 2(60 mm)(h)
h ๏ฝ 15.00 mm ๏ด๏
(b)
๏ณb ๏ฝ
Pb
1
๏ Pb ๏ฝ ๏ณ b Ab and Pa ๏ฝ Pb
2
Ab
P ๏ฝ Pa ๏ซ Pb
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
126
PROBLEM 2.34 (Continued)
P ๏ฝ
1
(๏ณ b Ab ) ๏ซ ๏ณ b Ab
2
P ๏ฝ (๏ณ b Ab )1.5
P ๏ฝ (80 ๏ด 106 Pa)(0.04 m)(0.06 m)(1.5)
P ๏ฝ 2.880 ๏ด 105 N
P ๏ฝ 288 kN ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
127
PROBLEM 2.35
P
The 4.5-ft concrete post is reinforced with six steel bars, each with a 1 18 -in. diameter.
Knowing that Es ๏ฝ 29 ร 106 psi and Ec = 4.2 ร 106 psi, determine the normal stresses
in the steel and in the concrete when a 350-kip axial centric force P is applied to the
post.
18 in.
4.5 ft
SOLUTION
Let Pc ๏ฝ portion of axial force carried by concrete.
Ps ๏ฝ portion carried by the six steel rods.
๏ค๏ฝ
Pc L
Ec Ac
Pc ๏ฝ
Ec Ac๏ค
L
๏ค๏ฝ
Ps L
Es As
Ps ๏ฝ
Es As๏ค
L
P ๏ฝ Pc ๏ซ Ps ๏ฝ ( Ec Ac ๏ซ Es As )
๏ฅ๏ฝ
๏ค
L
As ๏ฝ 6
Ac ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
๏ค
L
๏ญP
Ec Ac ๏ซ Es As
d s2 ๏ฝ
6๏ฐ
(1.125 in.) 2 ๏ฝ 5.9641 in 2
4
d c2 ๏ญ As ๏ฝ
4
๏ฝ 248.51 in 2
๏ฐ
4
(18 in.)2 ๏ญ 5.9641 in 2
L ๏ฝ 4.5 ft ๏ฝ 54 in.
๏ฅ๏ฝ
๏ญ350 ๏ด 103 lb
๏ฝ ๏ญ2.8767 ๏ด 10๏ญ4
6
2
6
2
(4.2 ๏ด 10 psi)(248.51 in ) ๏ซ (29 ๏ด 10 psi)(5.9641 in )
๏ณ s ๏ฝ Es ๏ฅ ๏ฝ (29 ๏ด 106 psi)( ๏ญ2.8767 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ4 ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ8.3424 ๏ด 10๏ณ psi
๏ณ s ๏ฝ ๏ญ8.34 ksi ๏ด๏
๏ณ c ๏ฝ Ec๏ฅ ๏ฝ (4.2 ๏ด 106 psi)(๏ญ2.8767 ๏ด 10๏ญ4 ) ๏ฝ 1.20821 ๏ด 103 psi
๏ณ c ๏ฝ ๏ญ1.208 ksi ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
128
PROBLEM 2.36
P
18 in.
For the post of Prob. 2.35, determine the maximum centric force that can be applied if the
allowable normal stress is 20 ksi in the steel and 2.4 ksi in the concrete.
PROBLEM 2.35 The 4.5-ft concrete post is reinforced with six steel bars, each with
a 1 18 -in. diameter. Knowing that Es ๏ฝ 29 ร 106 psi and Ec ๏ฝ 4.2 ร 106 psi, determine
the normal stresses in the steel and in the concrete when a 350-kip axial centric force P
is applied to the post.
4.5 ft
SOLUTION
Allowable strain in each material:
Steel:
๏ฅs ๏ฝ
Concrete:
๏ฅc ๏ฝ
๏ฅ๏ฝ
Smaller value governs.
๏ณs
Es
๏ณc
Ec
๏ค
L
๏ฝ
20 ๏ด 103 psi
๏ฝ 6.8966 ๏ด 10๏ญ4
6
29 ๏ด 10 psi
๏ฝ
2.4 ๏ด 103 psi
๏ฝ 5.7143 ๏ด 10๏ญ4
4.2 ๏ด 106 psi
๏ฝ 5.7143 ๏ด 10๏ญ4
Let Pc = Portion of load carried by concrete.
Ps = Portion of load carried by 6 steel rods.
๏ค๏ฝ
Pc L
E c Ac
๏
๏ฆ๏ค ๏ถ
Pc ๏ฝ Ec Ac ๏ง ๏ท ๏ฝ Ec Ac ๏
๏จL๏ธ
๏ค๏ฝ
Ps L
E s As
๏
๏ฆ๏ค ๏ถ
Ps ๏ฝ Es As ๏ง ๏ท ๏ฝ Es As ๏
๏จL๏ธ
6๏ฐ
๏ฆ๏ฐ ๏ถ
As ๏ฝ 6 ๏ง ๏ท d s2 ๏ฝ
(1.125 in.) 2 ๏ฝ 5.9641 in 2
4
๏จ4๏ธ
๏ฐ
๏ฆ๏ฐ ๏ถ
Ac ๏ฝ ๏ง ๏ท d c2 ๏ญ As ๏ฝ (18 in.) 2 ๏ญ 5.9641 in 2 ๏ฝ 2.4851 ๏ด 102 in 2
4
๏จ4๏ธ
P ๏ฝ Pc ๏ซ Ps ๏ฝ Ec Ac๏ ๏ซ Es As๏
P ๏ฝ [(4.2 ๏ด 106 psi)(2.4851 ๏ด 102 in 2 ) ๏ซ (29 ๏ด 106 psi)(5.9641 in 2 )](5.7143 ๏ด 10๏ญ4 )
P ๏ฝ 6.9526 ๏ด 105 lb
P ๏ฝ 695 kips ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
129
PROBLEM 2.37
25 mm
Brass core
E 105 GPa
An axial force of 200 kN is applied to the assembly shown by means of
rigid end plates. Determine (a) the normal stress in the aluminum shell,
(b) the corresponding deformation of the assembly.
300 mm
Aluminium shell
E 70 GPa
60 mm
SOLUTION
Let Pa = Portion of axial force carried by shell.
Pb = Portion of axial force carried by core.
๏ค๏ฝ
Pa L
, or
Ea Aa
Pa ๏ฝ
Ea Aa
๏ค
L
๏ค๏ฝ
Pb L
, or
Eb Ab
Pb ๏ฝ
Eb Ab
๏ค
L
Thus,
P ๏ฝ Pa ๏ซ Pb ๏ฝ ( Ea Aa ๏ซ Eb Ab )
with
Aa ๏ฝ
Ab ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
๏ฐ
4
๏ค
L
[(0.060) 2 ๏ญ (0.025)2 ] ๏ฝ 2.3366 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
(0.025)2 ๏ฝ 0.49087 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
P ๏ฝ [(70 ๏ด 109 )(2.3366 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ) ๏ซ (105 ๏ด 109 )(0.49087 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )]
P ๏ฝ 215.10 ๏ด 10
๏ฅ ๏ฝ
Strain:
๏ค
L
๏ฝ
6๏ค
๏ค
L
L
P
200 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 0.92980 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
6
6
215.10 ๏ด 10
215.10 ๏ด 10
(a)
๏ณ a ๏ฝ Ea ๏ฅ ๏ฝ (70 ๏ด 109 ) (0.92980 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ) ๏ฝ 65.1 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ณ a ๏ฝ 65.1 MPa ๏ด๏
(b)
๏ค ๏ฝ ๏ฅ L ๏ฝ (0.92980 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ) (300 mm)
๏ค ๏ฝ 0.279 mm ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
130
25 mm
Brass core
E 105 GPa
PROBLEM 2.38
The length of the assembly shown decreases by 0.40 mm when an axial
force is applied by means of rigid end plates. Determine (a) the magnitude
of the applied force, (b) the corresponding stress in the brass core.
300 mm
Aluminium shell
E 70 GPa
60 mm
SOLUTION
Let Pa = Portion of axial force carried by shell and Pb = Portion of axial force carried by core.
๏ค๏ฝ
Pa L
, or
Ea Aa
Pa ๏ฝ
Ea Aa
๏ค
L
๏ค๏ฝ
Pb L
, or
Eb Ab
Pb ๏ฝ
Eb Ab
๏ค
L
Thus,
P ๏ฝ Pa ๏ซ Pb ๏ฝ ( Ea Aa ๏ซ Eb Ab )
with
Aa ๏ฝ
Ab ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
๏ฐ
4
๏ค
L
[(0.060) 2 ๏ญ (0.025)2 ] ๏ฝ 2.3366 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
(0.025)2 ๏ฝ 0.49087 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
P ๏ฝ [(70 ๏ด 109 )(2.3366 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ) ๏ซ (105 ๏ด 109 )(0.49087 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )]
with
๏ค
L
๏ฝ 215.10 ๏ด 106
๏ค
L
๏ค ๏ฝ 0.40 mm, L ๏ฝ 300 mm
(a)
P ๏ฝ (215.10 ๏ด 106 )
(b)
๏ณb ๏ฝ
0.40
๏ฝ 286.8 ๏ด 103 N
300
P ๏ฝ 287 kN ๏ด๏
Pb
E๏ค
(105 ๏ด 109 )(0.40 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ b ๏ฝ
๏ฝ 140 ๏ด 106 Pa
Ab
L
300 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
๏ณ b ๏ฝ 140.0 MPa ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
131
PROBLEM 2.39
A
25 in.
1.25 in.
6 kips
6 kips
B
A polystyrene rod consisting of two cylindrical portions AB and BC is restrained at
both ends and supports two 6-kip loads as shown. Knowing that E ๏ฝ 0.45 ๏ด 106 psi,
determine (a) the reactions at A and C, (b) the normal stress in each portion of
the rod.
2 in.
15 in.
C
SOLUTION
(a)
We express that the elongation of the rod is zero.
P L
P L
๏ค ๏ฝ ๏ฐ AB 2 AB ๏ซ ๏ฐ BC 2 BC ๏ฝ 0
4
But
d AB E
PAB ๏ฝ ๏ซ RA
4
d BC E
PBC ๏ฝ ๏ญ RC
Substituting and simplifying,
RA LAB RC LBC
๏ญ 2 ๏ฝ0
2
d AB
d BC
2
2
L ๏ฆd ๏ถ
25 ๏ฆ 2 ๏ถ
RC ๏ฝ AB ๏ง BC ๏ท RA ๏ฝ
RA
LBC ๏จ d AB ๏ธ
15 ๏ง๏จ 1.25 ๏ท๏ธ
RC ๏ฝ 4.2667 RA
From the free body diagram,
RA ๏ซ RC ๏ฝ 12 kips
Substituting (1) into (2),
5.2667 RA ๏ฝ 12
RA ๏ฝ 2.2785 kips
From (1),
(1)
(2)
RA ๏ฝ 2.28 kips ๏ญ ๏ด
RC ๏ฝ 4.2667 (2.2785) ๏ฝ 9.7217 kips
RC ๏ฝ 9.72 kips ๏ญ ๏ด
(b)
๏ณ AB ๏ฝ
PAB ๏ซ RA
2.2785
๏ฝ
๏ฝ๏ฐ
AAB AAB
(1.25) 2
4
๏ณ AB ๏ฝ ๏ซ1.857 ksi ๏ด
๏ณ BC ๏ฝ
PBC ๏ญ RC ๏ญ9.7217
๏ฝ
๏ฝ
๏ฐ (2) 2
ABC
ABC
4
๏ณ BC ๏ฝ ๏ญ3.09 ksi ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
132
PROBLEM 2.40
C
A
P
Three steel rods (E = 29 ร 106 psi) support an 8.5-kip load P. Each of the
rods AB and CD has a 0.32-in2 cross-sectional area and rod EF has a 1-in2
cross-sectional area. Neglecting the deformation of bar BED, determine
(a) the change in length of rod EF, (b) the stress in each rod.
20 in.
B
D
E
16 in.
F
SOLUTION
Use member BED as a free body.
By symmetry, or by ๏ฅ M E ๏ฝ 0 :
PCD ๏ฝ PAB
๏ฅ Fy ๏ฝ 0: PAB ๏ซ PCD ๏ซ PEF ๏ญ P ๏ฝ 0
P ๏ฝ 2 PAB ๏ซ PEF
๏ค AB ๏ฝ
PAB LAB
EAAB
๏ค CD ๏ฝ
PCD LCD
EACD
๏ค EF ๏ฝ
PEF LEF
EAEF
LAB ๏ฝ LCD and AAB ๏ฝ ACD , ๏ค AB ๏ฝ ๏ค CD
Since
Since points A, C, and F are fixed, ๏ค B ๏ฝ ๏ค AB , ๏ค D ๏ฝ ๏ค CD , ๏ค E ๏ฝ ๏ค EF
Since member BED is rigid, ๏ค E ๏ฝ ๏ค B ๏ฝ ๏ค C
PAB LAB PEF LEF
๏ฝ
EAAB
EAEF
๏
PAB ๏ฝ
AAB LEF
0.32 16
PEF ๏ฝ
๏
๏ PEF ๏ฝ 0.256 PEF
1 20
AEF LAB
P ๏ฝ 2 PAB ๏ซ PEF ๏ฝ 2(0.256 PEF ) ๏ซ PEF ๏ฝ 1.512 PEF
P
8.5
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 5.6217 kips
1.512 1.512
PAB ๏ฝ PCD ๏ฝ 0.256(5.6217) ๏ฝ 1.43916 kips
PEF ๏ฝ
PEF LEF (5.6217)(16)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 0.0031016 in.
EAEF
(29 ๏ด 103 )(1)
P
1.43916
(b)๏ ๏ณ AB ๏ฝ ๏ณ CD ๏ฝ AB ๏ฝ
๏ฝ 4.4974 ksi ๏ ๏
0.32
AAB
(a)
๏ค EF ๏ฝ
๏ณ EF ๏ฝ
PEF 5.6217
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 5.6217 ksi
1
AEF
๏ค EF ๏ฝ 0.00310 in. ๏ด๏
๏ณ AB ๏ฝ ๏ณ CD ๏ฝ 4.50 ksi ๏ด๏
๏ณ EF ๏ฝ 5.62 ksi ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
133
PROBLEM 2.41
Dimensions in mm
180
100
120
A
C
Steel B
D
Brass
60 kN
40-mm diam.
100
E
40 kN
Two cylindrical rods, one of steel and the other of brass, are joined at
C and restrained by rigid supports at A and E. For the loading shown
and knowing that Es ๏ฝ 200 GPa and Eb ๏ฝ 105 GPa, determine
(a) the reactions at A and E, (b) the deflection of point C.
30-mm diam.
SOLUTION
A to C:
E ๏ฝ 200 ๏ด 109 Pa
A๏ฝ
๏ฐ
(40) 2 ๏ฝ 1.25664 ๏ด 103 mm 2 ๏ฝ 1.25664 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
4
EA ๏ฝ 251.327 ๏ด 106 N
C to E:
E ๏ฝ 105 ๏ด 109 Pa
A๏ฝ
๏ฐ
(30)2 ๏ฝ 706.86 mm 2 ๏ฝ 706.86 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
4
EA ๏ฝ 74.220 ๏ด 106 N
A to B:
P ๏ฝ RA
L ๏ฝ 180 mm ๏ฝ 0.180 m
๏ค AB ๏ฝ
RA (0.180)
PL
๏ฝ
EA 251.327 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ 716.20 ๏ด 10๏ญ12 RA
B to C:
P ๏ฝ RA ๏ญ 60 ๏ด 103
L ๏ฝ 120 mm ๏ฝ 0.120 m
๏ค BC ๏ฝ
PL ( RA ๏ญ 60 ๏ด 103 )(0.120)
๏ฝ
EA
251.327 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ 447.47 ๏ด 10๏ญ12 RA ๏ญ 26.848 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
134
PROBLEM 2.41 (Continued)
C to D:
P ๏ฝ RA ๏ญ 60 ๏ด 103
L ๏ฝ 100 mm ๏ฝ 0.100 m
๏ค BC ๏ฝ
PL ( RA ๏ญ 60 ๏ด 103 )(0.100)
๏ฝ
EA
74.220 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ 1.34735 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 RA ๏ญ 80.841 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
D to E:
P ๏ฝ RA ๏ญ 100 ๏ด 103
L ๏ฝ 100 mm ๏ฝ 0.100 m
๏ค DE ๏ฝ
PL ( RA ๏ญ 100 ๏ด 103 )(0.100)
๏ฝ
EA
74.220 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ 1.34735 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 RA ๏ญ 134.735 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
A to E:
๏ค AE ๏ฝ ๏ค AB ๏ซ ๏ค BC ๏ซ ๏ค CD ๏ซ ๏ค DE
๏ฝ 3.85837 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 RA ๏ญ 242.424 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
Since point E cannot move relative to A,
(a)
(b)
๏ค AE ๏ฝ 0
3.85837 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 RA ๏ญ 242.424 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ๏ฝ 0 RA ๏ฝ 62.831 ๏ด 103 N
RA ๏ฝ 62.8 kN ๏ฌ ๏ด
RE ๏ฝ RA ๏ญ 100 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ 62.8 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 100 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ ๏ญ37.2 ๏ด 103 N
RE ๏ฝ 37.2 kN ๏ฌ ๏ด
๏ค C ๏ฝ ๏ค AB ๏ซ ๏ค BC ๏ฝ 1.16367 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 RA ๏ญ 26.848 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ฝ (1.16369 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 )(62.831 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ญ 26.848 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ฝ 46.3 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
๏ค C ๏ฝ 46.3 ๏ญ m ๏ฎ ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
135
PROBLEM 2.42
Dimensions in mm
180
100
120
A
C
Steel B
D
Brass
60 kN
40-mm diam.
100
E
40 kN
30-mm diam.
Solve Prob. 2.41, assuming that rod AC is made of brass and
rod CE is made of steel.
PROBLEM 2.41 Two cylindrical rods, one of steel and the
other of brass, are joined at C and restrained by rigid supports at A
and E. For the loading shown and knowing that Es ๏ฝ 200 GPa
and Eb ๏ฝ 105 GPa, determine (a) the reactions at A and E, (b) the
deflection of point C.
SOLUTION
A to C:
E ๏ฝ 105 ๏ด 109 Pa
๏ฐ
(40) 2 ๏ฝ 1.25664 ๏ด 103 mm 2 ๏ฝ 1.25664 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
4
EA ๏ฝ 131.947 ๏ด 106 N
A๏ฝ
C to E:
E ๏ฝ 200 ๏ด 109 Pa
๏ฐ
(30)2 ๏ฝ 706.86 mm 2 ๏ฝ 706.86 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
4
EA ๏ฝ 141.372 ๏ด 106 N
A๏ฝ
A to B:
P ๏ฝ RA
L ๏ฝ 180 mm ๏ฝ 0.180 m
๏ค AB ๏ฝ
RA (0.180)
PL
๏ฝ
EA 131.947 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ 1.36418 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 RA
B to C:
P ๏ฝ RA ๏ญ 60 ๏ด 103
L ๏ฝ 120 mm ๏ฝ 0.120 m
๏ค BC ๏ฝ
PL ( RA ๏ญ 60 ๏ด 103 )(0.120)
๏ฝ
EA
131.947 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ 909.456 ๏ด 10๏ญ12 RA ๏ญ 54.567 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
C to D:
P ๏ฝ RA ๏ญ 60 ๏ด 103
L ๏ฝ 100 mm ๏ฝ 0.100 m
๏ค CD ๏ฝ
PL ( RA ๏ญ 60 ๏ด 103 )(0.100)
๏ฝ
EA
141.372 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ 707.354 ๏ด 10๏ญ12 RA ๏ญ 42.441 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
136
PROBLEM 2.42 (Continued)
D to E:
P ๏ฝ RA ๏ญ 100 ๏ด 103
L ๏ฝ 100 mm ๏ฝ 0.100 m
๏ค DE ๏ฝ
PL ( RA ๏ญ 100 ๏ด 103 )(0.100)
๏ฝ
EA
141.372 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ 707.354 ๏ด 10๏ญ12 RA ๏ญ 70.735 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
A to E:
๏ค AE ๏ฝ ๏ค AB ๏ซ ๏ค BC ๏ซ ๏ค CD ๏ซ ๏ค DE
๏ฝ 3.68834 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 RA ๏ญ 167.743 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
Since point E cannot move relative to A,
(a)
(b)
๏ค AE ๏ฝ 0
3.68834 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 RA ๏ญ 167.743 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ๏ฝ 0 RA ๏ฝ 45.479 ๏ด 103 N
R A ๏ฝ 45.5 kN ๏ฌ ๏ด
RE ๏ฝ RA ๏ญ 100 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ 45.479 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 100 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ ๏ญ54.521 ๏ด 103
RE ๏ฝ 54.5 kN ๏ฌ ๏ด
๏ค C ๏ฝ ๏ค AB ๏ซ ๏ค BC ๏ฝ 2.27364 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 RA ๏ญ 54.567 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ฝ (2.27364 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 )(45.479 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ญ 54.567 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ฝ 48.8 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
๏ค C ๏ฝ 48.8 ๏ญ m ๏ฎ ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
137
D
PROBLEM 2.43
E
2 kN
225 mm
B
A
F
C
Each of the rods BD and CE is made of brass (E ๏ฝ 105 GPa)
and has a cross-sectional area of 200 mm2. Determine the
deflection of end A of the rigid member ABC caused by the
2-kN load.
550 mm
75 mm
100 mm
SOLUTION
Let ๏ฑ be the rotation of member ABC as shown.
Then ๏ค A ๏ฝ 0.625๏ฑ1
But
๏ค B ๏ฝ 0.075๏ฑ1
๏ค C ๏ฝ 0.1๏ฑ
๏คB ๏ฝ
PBD LBD
AE
PBD ๏ฝ
EA๏ค B (105 ๏ด 109 )(200 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ6 )(0.075๏ฑ )
๏ฝ
0.225
LBD
๏ฝ 7 ๏ด 106 ๏ฑ
Free body ABC:
๏คC ๏ฝ
PCE LCE
AE
PCE ๏ฝ
EA๏ค C (105 ๏ด 109 )(200 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ6 )(0.1 ๏ฑ )
๏ฝ
0.225
LCE
๏ฝ 9.3333 ๏ด 106 ๏ฑ
From free body of member ABC:
๏ฅ M F ๏ฝ 0 : (0.625)(2000) ๏ญ 0.075 PBD ๏ญ 0.1PCE ๏ฝ 0
or
(0.625)(2000) ๏ญ 0.075(7 ๏ด 106 ๏ฑ ) ๏ญ 0.1(9.3333 ๏ด 106 ๏ฑ ) ๏ฝ 0
๏ฑ ๏ฝ 0.85714 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 rad
and
๏ค A ๏ฝ 0.625๏ฑ ๏ฝ 0.625(0.85714 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ) ๏ฝ 0.53571 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
๏ค A ๏ฝ 0.536 mm ๏ฏ ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
138
PROBLEM 2.44
F
8 in.
E
10 in.
A
B
C
P
D
12 in.
12 in.
The rigid bar AD is supported by two steel wires of 161 -in. diameter
(E ๏ฝ 29 ร 106 psi) and a pin and bracket at A. Knowing that the
wires were initially taut, determine (a) the additional tension in each
wire when a 220-lb load P is applied at D, (b) the corresponding
deflection of point D.
12 in.
SOLUTION
Let ๏ฑ be the notation of bar ABCD.
Then ๏ค B ๏ฝ 12 ๏ฑ
๏ค C ๏ฝ 24 ๏ฑ
๏คB ๏ฝ
PBE LBE
AE
EA๏ค BE
๏ฝ
PBE ๏ฝ
LBE
(29 ๏ด 106 )
๏ฐ ๏ฆ1๏ถ
2
(12 ๏ฑ )
4 ๏ง๏จ 6 ๏ท๏ธ
10
๏ฝ 106.765 ๏ด 103 ๏ฑ
๏คC ๏ฝ
PCF LCF
EA
EA๏ค CE
๏ฝ
PCF ๏ฝ
LCF
(29 ๏ด 106 )
๏ฐ๏ฆ1๏ถ
2
(24 ๏ฑ )
4 ๏ง๏จ 16 ๏ท๏ธ
18
๏ฝ 118.628 ๏ด 103 ๏ฑ
Using free body ABCD,
๏ฅMA ๏ฝ 0 :
12 PBE ๏ซ 24 PCF ๏ญ 36 P ๏ฝ 0
(12)(106.765 ๏ด 103 ๏ฑ ) ๏ซ (24)(118.628 ๏ด 106 ๏ฑ ) ๏ญ (36)(220) ๏ฝ 0
4.1283 ๏ด 106 ๏ฑ ๏ฝ (36)(220)
๏ฑ ๏ฝ 1.91847 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 rad
(a)
(b)
PBE ๏ฝ (106.765 ๏ด 103 )(1.91847 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ) ๏ฝ 204.83 lb
PBE ๏ฝ 205 lb ๏ด
PCF ๏ฝ (118.628 ๏ด 103 )(1.91847 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ3 ) ๏ฝ 227.58 lb
PCF ๏ฝ 228 lb ๏ด
๏ค D ๏ฝ 36 ๏ฑ ๏ฝ (36)(1.91847 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ) ๏ฝ 69.1 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
0.0691 in. ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
139
L
B
D
A
3
4L
PROBLEM 2.45
L
C
The rigid bar ABC is suspended from three wires of the same material. The crosssectional area of the wire at B is equal to half of the cross-sectional area of the
wires at A and C. Determine the tension in each wire caused by the load P shown.
P
SOLUTION
๏ฅ M A ๏ฝ 0:
PC ๏ฝ
3
LP ๏ฝ 0
4
3
1
P ๏ญ PB
8
2
๏ฅ M C ๏ฝ 0:
PA ๏ฝ
2 LPC ๏ซ LPB ๏ญ
๏ญ 2 LPA ๏ญ LPB ๏ซ
5
LP ๏ฝ 0
4
5
1
P ๏ญ PB
8
2
Let l be the length of the wires.
๏คA ๏ฝ
PAl
l ๏ฆ5
1 ๏ถ
๏ฝ
P ๏ญ PB ๏ท
๏ง
2 ๏ธ
EA EA ๏จ 8
๏คB ๏ฝ
PB l
2l
PB
๏ฝ
E ( A/2) EA
๏คC ๏ฝ
PC l
1 ๏ถ
l ๏ฆ3
๏ฝ
P ๏ญ PB ๏ท
2 ๏ธ
EA EA ๏ง๏จ 8
From the deformation diagram,
๏ค A ๏ญ ๏ค B ๏ฝ ๏ค B ๏ญ ๏คC
or
1
2
๏ค B ๏ฝ (๏ค A ๏ซ ๏ค c )
l
1 l ๏ฆ5
1
3
1 ๏ถ
PB ๏ฝ
P ๏ญ PB ๏ซ P ๏ญ PB ๏ท
๏ง
2 EA ๏จ 8
2
8
2 ๏ธ
E ( A / 2)
5
1
PB ๏ฝ P;
2
2
PB ๏ฝ
1
P
5
PB ๏ฝ 0.200 P ๏ด
๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
140
PROBLEM 2.45 (Continued)
PA ๏ฝ
5
1 ๏ฆ P ๏ถ 21
P๏ญ ๏ง ๏ท ๏ฝ
P
8
2 ๏จ 5 ๏ธ 40
PA ๏ฝ 0.525 P ๏ด๏
PC ๏ฝ
3
1 ๏ฆ P ๏ถ 11
P๏ญ ๏ง ๏ท ๏ฝ
P
8
2 ๏จ 5 ๏ธ 40
PC ๏ฝ 0.275P ๏ด๏
Check:
PA ๏ซ PB ๏ซ PC ๏ฝ 1.000 P
Ok ๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
141
PROBLEM 2.46
E
The rigid bar AD is supported by two steel wires of 161 -in. diameter
( E ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi) and a pin and bracket at D. Knowing that the wires
were initially taut, determine (a) the additional tension in each wire when
a 120-lb load P is applied at B, (b) the corresponding deflection of point B.
F
15 in.
8 in.
A
B
C
8 in.
8 in.
D
8 in.
P
SOLUTION
Let ๏ฑ be the rotation of bar ABCD.
Then ๏ค A ๏ฝ 24๏ฑ
๏ค C ๏ฝ 8๏ฑ ๏
๏คA ๏ฝ
PAE LAE
AE
6
2
EA๏ค A (29 ๏ด 10 ) ๏ฐ4 ( 161 ) (24๏ฑ )
PAE ๏ฝ
๏ฝ
LAE
15
๏ฝ 142.353 ๏ด 103๏ฑ
๏คC ๏ฝ
PCF LCF
AE
EA๏ค C (29 ๏ด 10 ) 4 ๏จ 16 ๏ฉ (8๏ฑ )
๏ฝ
PCF ๏ฝ
8
LCF
6 ๏ฐ
1
2
๏ฝ 88.971 ๏ด 103๏ฑ
Using free body ABCD,
๏M D ๏ฝ 0 :
๏ญ24PAE ๏ซ 16 P ๏ญ 8PCF ๏ฝ 0
๏ญ24(142.353 ๏ด 103๏ฑ ) ๏ซ 16(120) ๏ญ 8(88.971 ๏ด 103๏ฑ ) ๏ฝ 0
๏ฑ ๏ฝ 0.46510 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 radๅท
(a)
(b)
PAE ๏ฝ (142.353 ๏ด 103 )(0.46510 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
PAE ๏ฝ 66.2 lb ๏ด
PCF ๏ฝ (88.971 ๏ด 103 )(0.46510 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
PCF ๏ฝ 41.4 lb ๏ด
๏ค B ๏ฝ 7.44 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in. ๏ฏ ๏ด
๏ค B ๏ฝ 16๏ฑ ๏ฝ 16(0.46510 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
142
PROBLEM 2.47
25 mm
The aluminum shell is fully bonded to the brass core and the
assembly is unstressed at a temperature of 15๏ฐC. Considering only
axial deformations, determine the stress in the aluminum when the
temperature reaches 195๏ฐC.
Brass core
E 105 GPa
20.9 10โ6/C
Aluminum shell
E 70 GPa
23.6 10โ6/C
60 mm
SOLUTION
Brass core:
E ๏ฝ 105 GPa
๏ก ๏ฝ 20.9 ๏ด 10๏ญ6/ ๏ฐC
Aluminum shell:
E ๏ฝ 70 GPa
๏ก ๏ฝ 23.6 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 / ๏ฐC
Let L be the length of the assembly.
Free thermal expansion:
๏T ๏ฝ 195 ๏ญ 15 ๏ฝ 180 ๏ฐC
Brass core:
(๏คT )b ๏ฝ L๏ก b (๏T )
Aluminum shell:
(๏คT ) a ๏ฝ L๏ก a (๏T )
Net expansion of shell with respect to the core:
๏ค ๏ฝ L(๏ก a ๏ญ ๏ก b )(๏T )
Let P be the tensile force in the core and the compressive force in the shell.
Brass core:
Eb ๏ฝ 105 ๏ด 109 Pa
๏ฐ
(25)2 ๏ฝ 490.87 mm 2
4
๏ฝ 490.87 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
Ab ๏ฝ
(๏ค P )b ๏ฝ
PL
Eb Ab
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
143
PROBLEM 2.47 (Continued)
Aluminum shell:
(๏ค p )a ๏ฝ
PL
Ea Aa
Ea ๏ฝ 70 ๏ด 109 Pa
๏ฐ
(602 ๏ญ 252 )
4
๏ฝ 2.3366 ๏ด 103 mm 2
Aa ๏ฝ
๏ฝ 2.3366 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
๏ค ๏ฝ (๏ค P )b ๏ซ (๏ค P ) a
L(๏ก b ๏ญ ๏ก a )(๏T ) ๏ฝ
PL
PL
๏ซ
๏ฝ KPL
Eb Ab Ea Aa
where
K๏ฝ
๏ฝ
1
1
๏ซ
Eb Ab Ea Aa
1
1
๏ซ
๏ญ6
9
(105 ๏ด 10 )(490.87 ๏ด 10 ) (70 ๏ด 10 )(2.3366 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
9
๏ฝ 25.516 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 N ๏ญ1
Then
(๏ก b ๏ญ ๏ก a )(๏T )
K
(23.6 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ๏ญ 20.9 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(180)
๏ฝ
25.516 ๏ด 10๏ญ9
๏ฝ 19.047 ๏ด 103 N
P๏ฝ
Stress in aluminum:
๏ณa ๏ฝ ๏ญ
P
19.047 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ8.15 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ญ3
Aa
2.3366 ๏ด 10
๏ณ a ๏ฝ ๏ญ8.15 MPa ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
144
PROBLEM 2.48
25 mm
Solve Prob. 2.47, assuming that the core is made of steel (Es ๏ฝ 200 GPa,
๏ก s ๏ฝ 11.7 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 / ๏ฐC) instead of brass.
Brass core
E 105 GPa
20.9 10โ6/C
PROBLEM 2.47 The aluminum shell is fully bonded to the brass core
and the assembly is unstressed at a temperature of 15๏ฐC. Considering
only axial deformations, determine the stress in the aluminum when the
temperature reaches 195๏ฐC.
Aluminum shell
E 70 GPa
23.6 10โ6/C
60 mm
SOLUTION
E ๏ฝ 70 GPa ๏ก ๏ฝ 23.6 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 / ๏ฐC
Aluminum shell:
Let L be the length of the assembly.
๏T ๏ฝ 195 ๏ญ 15 ๏ฝ 180 ๏ฐC
Free thermal expansion:
Steel core:
(๏คT ) s ๏ฝ L๏ก s (๏T )
Aluminum shell:
(๏คT )a ๏ฝ L๏ก a (๏T )
๏ค ๏ฝ L(๏ก a ๏ญ ๏ก s )(๏T )
Net expansion of shell with respect to the core:
Let P be the tensile force in the core and the compressive force in the shell.
Es ๏ฝ 200 ๏ด 109 Pa, As ๏ฝ
Steel core:
๏ฐ
4
(25) 2 ๏ฝ 490.87 mm 2 ๏ฝ 490.87 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
PL
(๏ค P ) s ๏ฝ
Es As
Ea ๏ฝ 70 ๏ด 109 Pa
Aluminum shell:
(๏ค P )a ๏ฝ
PL
Ea Aa
๏ฐ
(602 ๏ญ 25)2 ๏ฝ 2.3366 ๏ด 103 mm 2 ๏ฝ 2.3366 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
4
๏ค ๏ฝ (๏ค P ) s ๏ซ (๏ค P ) a
Aa ๏ฝ
L(๏ก a ๏ญ ๏ก s )(๏T ) ๏ฝ
PL
PL
๏ซ
๏ฝ KPL
Es As Ea Aa
where
K๏ฝ
๏ฝ
1
1
๏ซ
Es As Ea Aa
1
1
๏ซ
๏ญ6
9
(200 ๏ด 10 )(490.87 ๏ด 10 ) (70 ๏ด 10 )(2.3366 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
9
๏ฝ 16.2999 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 N ๏ญ1
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
145
PROBLEM 2.48 (Continued)
Then
P๏ฝ
(๏ก a ๏ญ ๏ก s )( ๏T ) (23.6 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ6 ๏ญ 11.7 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ6 )(180)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 131.412 ๏ด 103 N
K
16.2999 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ9
Stress in aluminum: ๏ณ a ๏ฝ ๏ญ
P
131.412 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ56.241 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ญ3
Aa
2.3366 ๏ด 10
๏ณ a ๏ฝ ๏ญ56.2 MPa ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
146
1 in.
4
1 in.
1 in.
4
1 in.
4
PROBLEM 2.49
1 in.
1 in.
4
Steel core
E 29 106 psi
Brass shell
E 15 106 psi
The brass shell (๏ก b ๏ฝ 11.6 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 /๏ฐF) is fully bonded to the steel core
(๏ก s ๏ฝ 6.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 /๏ฐF). Determine the largest allowable increase in
temperature if the stress in the steel core is not to exceed 8 ksi.
12 in.
SOLUTION
Let Ps ๏ฝ axial force developed in the steel core.
For equilibrium with zero total force, the compressive force in the brass shell is Ps .
๏ฅs ๏ฝ
Strains:
Ps
๏ซ ๏ก s (๏T )
Es As
๏ฅb ๏ฝ ๏ญ
Ps
๏ซ ๏ก b (๏T )
Eb Ab
๏ฅ s ๏ฝ ๏ฅb
Matching:
Ps
P
๏ซ ๏ก s (๏T ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ s ๏ซ ๏ก b (๏T )
Es As
Eb Ab
๏ฆ 1
1 ๏ถ
๏ซ
๏ง
๏ท Ps ๏ฝ (๏ก b ๏ญ ๏ก s )(๏T )
๏จ Es As Eb Ab ๏ธ
(1)
Ab ๏ฝ (1.5)(1.5) ๏ญ (1.0)(1.0) ๏ฝ 1.25 in 2
As ๏ฝ (1.0)(1.0) ๏ฝ 1.0 in 2
๏ก b ๏ญ ๏ก s ๏ฝ 5.1 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 /๏ฐF
Ps ๏ฝ ๏ณ s As ๏ฝ (8 ๏ด 103 )(1.0) ๏ฝ 8 ๏ด 103 lb
1
1
1
1
๏ซ
๏ฝ
๏ซ
๏ฝ 87.816 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 lb ๏ญ1
6
Es As Eb Ab (29 ๏ด 10 )(1.0) (15 ๏ด 106 )(1.25)
From (1),
(87.816 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 )(8 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ฝ (5.1 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(๏T )
๏T ๏ฝ 137.8 ๏ฐF ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
147
PROBLEM 2.50
The concrete post ( Ec ๏ฝ 3.6 ๏ด 106 psi and ๏ก c ๏ฝ 5.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 / ๏ฐF) is reinforced with six steel
bars, each of 78 -in. diameter ( Es ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi and ๏ก s ๏ฝ 6.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 / ๏ฐF). Determine the
normal stresses induced in the steel and in the concrete by a temperature rise of 65ยฐF.
6 ft
10 in.
10 in.
SOLUTION
As ๏ฝ 6
๏ฐ
4
2
d ๏ฝ6
๏ฐ ๏ฆ7๏ถ
2
๏ฝ 3.6079 in 2
๏ง
๏ท
4๏จ8๏ธ
Ac ๏ฝ 102 ๏ญ As ๏ฝ 102 ๏ญ 3.6079 ๏ฝ 96.392 in 2
Let Pc ๏ฝ tensile force developed in the concrete.
For equilibrium with zero total force, the compressive force in the six steel rods equals Pc .
Strains:
๏ฅs ๏ฝ ๏ญ
Pc
๏ซ ๏ก s (๏T )
Es As
๏ฅc ๏ฝ
Pc
๏ซ ๏ก c (๏T )
Ec Ac
Pc
P
๏ซ ๏ก c (๏T ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ c ๏ซ ๏ก s (๏T )
Ec Ac
Es As
Matching: ๏ฅ c ๏ฝ ๏ฅ s
๏ฆ 1
1 ๏ถ
๏ซ
๏ง
๏ท Pc ๏ฝ (๏ก s ๏ญ ๏ก c )(๏T )
๏จ Ec Ac Es As ๏ธ
๏ฉ
๏น
1
1
๏ญ6
๏ซ
๏ช
๏บ Pc ๏ฝ (1.0 ๏ด 10 )(65)
6
6
๏ซ (3.6 ๏ด 10 )(96.392) (29 ๏ด 10 )(3.6079) ๏ป
Pc ๏ฝ 5.2254 ๏ด 103 lb
๏ณc ๏ฝ
๏
Pc 5.2254 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 54.210 psi
96.392
Ac
๏ณs ๏ฝ ๏ญ
๏ณ c ๏ฝ 54.2 psi
Pc
5.2254 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ1448.32 psi ๏
3.6079
As
๏ณ s ๏ฝ ๏ญ1.448 ksi ๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
148
PROBLEM 2.51
A
A rod consisting of two cylindrical portions AB and BC is restrained at both
ends. Portion AB is made of steel ( Es ๏ฝ 200 GPa, ๏ก s ๏ฝ 11.7 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 / ๏ฐC) and
portion BC is made of brass ( Eb ๏ฝ 105 GPa, ๏ก b ๏ฝ 20.9 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 / ๏ฐC). Knowing
that the rod is initially unstressed, determine the compressive force induced in
ABC when there is a temperature rise of 50 ๏ฐC.
30-mm diameter
250 mm
B
50-mm diameter
300 mm
C
SOLUTION
AAB ๏ฝ
ABC ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
๏ฐ
4
2
d AB
๏ฝ
2
d BC
๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
๏ฐ
4
(30) 2 ๏ฝ 706.86 mm 2 ๏ฝ 706.86 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
(50)2 ๏ฝ 1.9635 ๏ด 103 mm 2 ๏ฝ 1.9635 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
Free thermal expansion:
๏คT ๏ฝ LAB๏ก s (๏T ) ๏ซ LBC๏ก b (๏T )
๏ฝ (0.250)(11.7 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(50) ๏ซ (0.300)(20.9 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ6 )(50)
๏ฝ 459.75 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
Shortening due to induced compressive force P:
๏คP ๏ฝ
๏ฝ
PL
PL
๏ซ
Es AAB Eb ABC
0.250 P
0.300 P
๏ซ
๏ญ6
9
(200 ๏ด 10 )(706.86 ๏ด 10 ) (105 ๏ด 10 )(1.9635 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
9
๏ฝ 3.2235 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
For zero net deflection, ๏ค P ๏ฝ ๏คT
3.2235 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P ๏ฝ 459.75 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
P ๏ฝ 142.624 ๏ด 103 N
P ๏ฝ 142.6 kN ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
149
24 in.
A
PROBLEM 2.52
32 in.
B
C
1
2 14 -in. diameter 1 2 -in. diameter
A rod consisting of two cylindrical portions AB and BC is restrained at both
ends. Portion AB is made of steel ( Es ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi, ๏ก s ๏ฝ 6.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 / ๏ฐF) and
portion BC is made of aluminum ( Ea ๏ฝ 10.4 ๏ด 106 psi, ๏ก a ๏ฝ 13.3 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 /ยฐF).
Knowing that the rod is initially unstressed, determine (a) the normal stresses
induced in portions AB and BC by a temperature rise of 70ยฐF, (b) the
corresponding deflection of point B.
SOLUTION
AAB ๏ฝ
Free thermal expansion.
๏ฐ
4
(2.25) 2 ๏ฝ 3.9761 in 2 ABC ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
(1.5)2 ๏ฝ 1.76715 in 2
๏T ๏ฝ 70๏ฐF
(๏คT ) AB ๏ฝ LAB๏ก s (๏T ) ๏ฝ (24)(6.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(70) ๏ฝ 10.92 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
(๏คT ) BC ๏ฝ LBC๏ก a (๏T ) ๏ฝ (32)(13.3 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(70) ๏ฝ 29.792 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
๏คT ๏ฝ (๏คT ) AB ๏ซ (๏คT ) BC ๏ฝ 40.712 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
Total:
Shortening due to induced compressive force P.
For zero net deflection, ๏ค P ๏ฝ ๏คT
(b)
PLAB
24 P
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 208.14 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
Es AAB (29 ๏ด 106 )(3.9761)
(๏ค P ) BC ๏ฝ
PLBC
32 P
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 1741.18 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
6
Ea ABC (10.4 ๏ด 10 )(1.76715)
๏ค P ๏ฝ (๏ค P ) AB ๏ซ (๏ค P ) BC ๏ฝ 1949.32 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
Total:
(a)
(๏ค P ) AB ๏ฝ
1949.32 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P ๏ฝ 40.712 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
P ๏ฝ 20.885 ๏ด 103 lb
๏ณ AB ๏ฝ ๏ญ
P
20.885 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ5.25 ๏ด 103 psi
AAB
3.9761
๏ณ AB ๏ฝ ๏ญ5.25 ksi ๏ด
๏ณ BC ๏ฝ ๏ญ
P
20.885 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ11.82 ๏ด 103 psi
ABC
1.76715
๏ณ BC ๏ฝ ๏ญ11.82 ksi ๏ด
(๏ค P ) AB ๏ฝ (208.14 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 )(20.885 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ฝ 4.3470 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
๏ค B ๏ฝ (๏คT ) AB ๏ฎ ๏ซ (๏ค P ) AB ๏ฌ ๏ฝ 10.92 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ฎ ๏ซ 4.3470 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ฌ
๏ค B ๏ฝ 6.57 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in. ๏ฎ ๏ด
or
(๏ค P ) BC ๏ฝ (1741.18 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 )(20.885 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ฝ 36.365 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
๏ค B ๏ฝ (๏คT ) BC ๏ฌ ๏ซ (๏ค P ) BC ๏ฎ ๏ฝ 29.792 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ฌ ๏ซ 36.365 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ฎ ๏ฝ 6.57 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in. ๏ฎ
(checks)
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
150
PROBLEM 2.53
24 in.
A
Solve Prob. 2.52, assuming that portion AB of the composite rod is made of
aluminum and portion BC is made of steel.
32 in.
B
C
1
2 14 -in. diameter 1 2 -in. diameter
PROBLEM 2.52 A rod consisting of two cylindrical portions AB and BC is
restrained at both ends. Portion AB is made of steel ( Es ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi,
๏ก s ๏ฝ 6.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 /๏ฐF) and portion BC is made of aluminum ( Ea ๏ฝ 10.4 ๏ด 106 psi,
๏ก a ๏ฝ 13.3 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 /ยฐF). Knowing that the rod is initially unstressed, determine
(a) the normal stresses induced in portions AB and BC by a temperature rise of
70ยฐF, (b) the corresponding deflection of point B.
SOLUTION
AAB ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
(2.25) 2 ๏ฝ 3.9761 in 2
Free thermal expansion.
ABC ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
(1.5)2 ๏ฝ 1.76715 in 2
๏T ๏ฝ 70๏ฐF
(๏คT ) AB ๏ฝ LAB๏ก a (๏T ) ๏ฝ (24)(13.3 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(70) ๏ฝ 22.344 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
(๏ค T ) BC ๏ฝ LBC๏ก s (๏T ) ๏ฝ (32)(6.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(70) ๏ฝ 14.56 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
๏คT ๏ฝ (๏คT ) AB ๏ซ (๏คT ) BC ๏ฝ 36.904 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
Total:
Shortening due to induced compressive force P.
PLAB
24 P
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 580.39 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
Ea AAB (10.4 ๏ด 106 )(3.9761)
(๏ค P ) BC ๏ฝ
PLBC
32 P
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 624.42 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
Es ABC (29 ๏ด 106 )(1.76715)
๏ค P ๏ฝ (๏ค P ) AB ๏ซ (๏ค P ) BC ๏ฝ 1204.81 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
Total:
For zero net deflection, ๏ค P ๏ฝ ๏คT
(a)
(๏ค P ) AB ๏ฝ
1204.81 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P ๏ฝ 36.904 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
P ๏ฝ 30.631 ๏ด 103 lb
๏ณ AB ๏ฝ ๏ญ
P
30.631 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ7.70 ๏ด 103 psi
AAB
3.9761
๏ณ AB ๏ฝ ๏ญ7.70 ksi ๏ด
๏ณ BC ๏ฝ ๏ญ
P
30.631 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ17.33 ๏ด 103 psi
ABC
1.76715
๏ณ BC ๏ฝ ๏ญ17.33 ksi ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
151
PROBLEM 2.53 (Continued)
(b)
(๏ค P ) AB ๏ฝ (580.39 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 )(30.631 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ฝ 17.7779 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
๏ค B ๏ฝ (๏คT ) AB ๏ฎ ๏ซ (๏ค P ) AB ๏ฌ ๏ฝ 22.344 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ฎ ๏ซ 17.7779 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ฌ
๏
or
๏ค B ๏ฝ 4.57 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in. ๏ฎ ๏ด
(๏ค P ) BC ๏ฝ (624.42 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 )(30.631 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ฝ 19.1266 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
๏ค B ๏ฝ (๏คT ) BC ๏ฌ ๏ซ (๏ค P ) BC ๏ฎ ๏ฝ 14.56 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ฌ ๏ซ 19.1266 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ฎ ๏ฝ 4.57 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in. ๏ฎ
(checks)
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
152
PROBLEM 2.54
The steel rails of a railroad track (Es ๏ฝ 200 GPa, ฮฑs ๏ฝ 11.7 ร 102โ6/๏ฐC) were laid at a temperature of 6๏ฐC.
Determine the normal stress in the rails when the temperature reaches 48๏ฐC, assuming that the rails (a) are
welded to form a continuous track, (b) are 10 m long with 3-mm gaps between them.
SOLUTION
(a)
๏คT ๏ฝ ๏ก (๏T ) L ๏ฝ (11.7 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(48 ๏ญ 6)(10) ๏ฝ 4.914 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
๏คP ๏ฝ
PL L๏ณ
(10)๏ณ
๏ฝ
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 50 ๏ด 10๏ญ12 ๏ณ
9
AE
E
200 ๏ด 10
๏ค ๏ฝ ๏คT ๏ซ ๏ค P ๏ฝ 4.914 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ซ 50 ๏ด 10๏ญ12 ๏ณ ๏ฝ 0
๏ณ ๏ฝ ๏ญ98.3 ๏ด 106 Pa
(b)
๏ณ ๏ฝ ๏ญ98.3 MPa
๏ค ๏ฝ ๏คT ๏ซ ๏ค P ๏ฝ 4.914 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ซ 50 ๏ด 10๏ญ12 ๏ณ ๏ฝ 3 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
3 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ญ 4.914 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
50 ๏ด 10๏ญ12
๏ฝ ๏ญ38.3 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ณ๏ฝ
๏ณ ๏ฝ ๏ญ38.3 MPa ๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
153
PROBLEM 2.55
Pโฌ
2m
15 mm
Steel
5 mm
Brass
P
Steel
40 mm
Two steel bars ( Es ๏ฝ 200 GPa and ๏ก s ๏ฝ 11.7 ๏ด 10๏ญ6/ ๏ฐC) are used to
reinforce a brass bar ( Eb ๏ฝ 105 GPa, ๏ก b ๏ฝ 20.9 ๏ด 10๏ญ6/ ๏ฐC) that is subjected
to a load P ๏ฝ 25 kN. When the steel bars were fabricated, the distance
between the centers of the holes that were to fit on the pins was made
0.5 mm smaller than the 2 m needed. The steel bars were then placed in
an oven to increase their length so that they would just fit on the pins.
Following fabrication, the temperature in the steel bars dropped back to
room temperature. Determine (a) the increase in temperature that was
required to fit the steel bars on the pins, (b) the stress in the brass bar
after the load is applied to it.
SOLUTION
(a)
Required temperature change for fabrication:
๏คT ๏ฝ 0.5 mm ๏ฝ 0.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
Temperature change required to expand steel bar by this amount:
๏คT ๏ฝ L๏ก s ๏T , 0.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ฝ (2.00)(11.7 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(๏T ),
๏T ๏ฝ 0.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ฝ (2)(11.7 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(๏T )
๏T ๏ฝ 21.368 ๏ฐC
(b)
21.4 ๏ฐC ๏ด
*
*
Once assembled, a tensile force P develops in the steel, and a compressive force P develops in the
brass, in order to elongate the steel and contract the brass.
Elongation of steel:
As ๏ฝ (2)(5)(40) ๏ฝ 400 mm 2 ๏ฝ 400 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
(๏ค P ) s ๏ฝ
F *L
P* (2.00)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 25 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P*
As Es (400 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(200 ๏ด 109 )
Contraction of brass: Ab ๏ฝ (40)(15) ๏ฝ 600 mm 2 ๏ฝ 600 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
(๏ค P )b ๏ฝ
P* L
P* (2.00)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 31.746 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P*
Ab Eb (600 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(105 ๏ด 109 )
But (๏ค P ) s ๏ซ (๏ค P )b is equal to the initial amount of misfit:
(๏ค P ) s ๏ซ (๏ค P )b ๏ฝ 0.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 , 56.746 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P* ๏ฝ 0.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
P* ๏ฝ 8.8112 ๏ด 103 N
Stresses due to fabrication:
Steel:
๏ณ *s ๏ฝ
P * 8.8112 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 22.028 ๏ด 106 Pa ๏ฝ 22.028 MPa
๏ญ6
As
400 ๏ด 10
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
154
PROBLEM 2.55 (Continued)
Brass:
๏ณ b* ๏ฝ ๏ญ
P*
8.8112 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ14.6853 ๏ด 106 Pa ๏ฝ ๏ญ14.685 MPa
๏ญ6
Ab
600 ๏ด 10
To these stresses must be added the stresses due to the 25-kN load.
For the added load, the additional deformation is the same for both the steel and the brass. Let ๏ค ๏ข be the
additional displacement. Also, let Ps and Pb be the additional forces developed in the steel and brass,
respectively.
๏ค๏ข ๏ฝ
Ps L
PL
๏ฝ b
As Es Ab Eb
As Es
(400 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(200 ๏ด 109 )
๏ค๏ข ๏ฝ
๏ค ๏ข ๏ฝ 40 ๏ด 106 ๏ค ๏ข
L
2.00
AE
(600 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(105 ๏ด 109 )
Pb ๏ฝ b b ๏ค ๏ข ๏ฝ
๏ค ๏ข ๏ฝ 31.5 ๏ด 106 ๏ค ๏ข
L
2.00
Ps ๏ฝ
P ๏ฝ Ps ๏ซ Pb ๏ฝ 25 ๏ด 103 N
Total:
40 ๏ด 106 ๏ค ๏ข ๏ซ 31.5 ๏ด 106 ๏ค ๏ข ๏ฝ 25 ๏ด 103
๏ค ๏ข ๏ฝ 349.65 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
Ps ๏ฝ (40 ๏ด 106 )(349.65 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ 13.9860 ๏ด 103 N
Pb ๏ฝ (31.5 ๏ด 106 )(349.65 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ 11.0140 ๏ด 103 N
๏ณs ๏ฝ
Ps 13.9860 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 34.965 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ญ6
As
400 ๏ด 10
๏ณb ๏ฝ
Pb 11.0140 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 18.3566 ๏ด 106 Pa
Ab
600 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ6
Add stress due to fabrication.
Total stresses:
๏ณ s ๏ฝ 34.965 ๏ด 106 ๏ซ 22.028 ๏ด 106 ๏ฝ 56.991 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ณ s ๏ฝ 57.0 MPa
๏ณ b ๏ฝ 18.3566 ๏ด 106 ๏ญ 14.6853 ๏ด 106 ๏ฝ 3.6713 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ณ b ๏ฝ 3.67 MPa ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
155
PROBLEM 2.56
Pโฌ
2m
15 mm
Steel
5 mm
Brass
P
Steel
40 mm
Determine the maximum load P that may be applied to the brass bar of
Prob. 2.55 if the allowable stress in the steel bars is 30 MPa and the
allowable stress in the brass bar is 25 MPa.
PROBLEM 2.55 Two steel bars ( Es ๏ฝ 200 GPa and ๏ก s ๏ฝ 11.7 ๏ด 10โ6/๏ฐC)
are used to reinforce a brass bar ( Eb ๏ฝ 105 GPa, ๏ก b ๏ฝ 20.9 ๏ด 10โ6/๏ฐC)
that is subjected to a load P ๏ฝ 25 kN. When the steel bars were fabricated,
the distance between the centers of the holes that were to fit on the pins
was made 0.5 mm smaller than the 2 m needed. The steel bars were then
placed in an oven to increase their length so that they would just fit on the
pins. Following fabrication, the temperature in the steel bars dropped back
to room temperature. Determine (a) the increase in temperature that was
required to fit the steel bars on the pins, (b) the stress in the brass bar after
the load is applied to it.
SOLUTION
See solution to Problem 2.55 to obtain the fabrication stresses.
๏ณ *s ๏ฝ 22.028 MPa
๏ณ b* ๏ฝ 14.6853 MPa
Allowable stresses:
๏ณ s ,all ๏ฝ 30 MPa, ๏ณ b,all ๏ฝ 25 MPa
Available stress increase from load.
๏ณ s ๏ฝ 30 ๏ญ 22.028 ๏ฝ 7.9720 MPa
๏ณ b ๏ฝ 25 ๏ซ 14.6853 ๏ฝ 39.685 MPa
Corresponding available strains.
๏ฅs ๏ฝ
๏ฅb ๏ฝ
๏ณs
Es
๏ณb
Eb
๏ฝ
7.9720 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ 39.860 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ6
200 ๏ด 109
๏ฝ
39.685 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ 377.95 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ6
105 ๏ด 109
Smaller value governs ๏ ๏ฅ ๏ฝ 39.860 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ6
Areas: As ๏ฝ (2)(5)(40) ๏ฝ 400 mm 2 ๏ฝ 400 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
Ab ๏ฝ (15)(40) ๏ฝ 600 mm 2 ๏ฝ 600 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
Forces Ps ๏ฝ Es As ๏ฅ ๏ฝ (200 ๏ด 109 )(400 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ6 )(39.860 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ 3.1888 ๏ด 103 N
Pb ๏ฝ Eb Ab ๏ฅ ๏ฝ (105 ๏ด 109 )(600 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(39.860 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ 2.5112 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ3 N
Total allowable additional force:
P ๏ฝ Ps ๏ซ Pb ๏ฝ 3.1888 ๏ด 103 ๏ซ 2.5112 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ 5.70 ๏ด 103 N
P ๏ฝ 5.70 kN ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
156
PROBLEM 2.57
Dimensions in mm
0.15
20
20
200
A
An aluminum rod (Ea ๏ฝ 70 GPa, ฮฑa ๏ฝ 23.6 ร 10๏ญ6/๏ฐC) and a steel link
(Es ร 200 GPa, ฮฑa ๏ฝ 11.7 ร 10๏ญ6/๏ฐC) have the dimensions shown at a
temperature of 20๏ฐC. The steel link is heated until the aluminum rod
can be fitted freely into the link. The temperature of the whole
assembly is then raised to 150๏ฐC. Determine the final normal stress
(a) in the rod, (b) in the link.
30
A
20
Section A-A
SOLUTION
๏T ๏ฝ T f ๏ญ Ti ๏ฝ 150๏ฐC ๏ญ 20๏ฐC ๏ฝ 130๏ฐC
Unrestrained thermal expansion of each part:
Aluminum rod:
(๏ค T )a ๏ฝ L๏ก a ( ๏T )
(๏ค T ) a ๏ฝ (0.200 m)(23.6 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 / ๏ฐC)(130๏ฐC)
๏ฝ 6.1360 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ4 m
Steel link:
(๏ค T ) s ๏ฝ L๏ก s ( ๏T )
(๏ค T ) s ๏ฝ (0.200 m)(11.7 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 /๏ฐC)(130๏ฐC)
๏ฝ 3.0420 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ4 m
Let P be the compressive force developed in the aluminum rod. It is also the tensile force in the steel link.
Aluminum rod:
(๏ค P )a ๏ฝ
๏ฝ
PL
Ea Aa
P (0.200 m)
(70 ๏ด 10 Pa)(๏ฐ /4)(0.03 m)2
9
๏ฝ 4.0420 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
Steel link:
(๏ค P ) s ๏ฝ
๏ฝ
PL
Es As
P (0.200)
(200 ๏ด 109 Pa)(2)(0.02 m)2
๏ฝ 1.250 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
Setting the total deformed lengths in the link and rod equal gives
(0.200) ๏ซ (๏คT ) s ๏ซ (๏ค P ) s ๏ฝ (0.200) ๏ซ (0.15 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ) ๏ซ (๏คT )a ๏ญ (๏ค P )a
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
157
PROBLEM 2.57 (Continued)
(๏ค P ) s ๏ซ (๏ค P )a ๏ฝ 0.15 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ซ (๏คT )a ๏ญ (๏คT ) s
1.25 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P ๏ซ 4.0420 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P ๏ฝ 0.15 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ซ 6.1360 ๏ด 10๏ญ4 ๏ญ 3.0420 ๏ด 10๏ญ4
P ๏ฝ 8.6810 ๏ด 104 N
(a)
Stress in rod:
๏ณ ๏ฝ
P
A
๏ณR ๏ฝ
๏ญ8.6810 ๏ด 104 N
๏ฝ ๏ญ1.22811 ๏ด 108 Pa
2
(๏ฐ /4)(0.030 m)
๏ณ R ๏ฝ ๏ญ122.8 MPa ๏ด๏
(b)
Stress in link:
๏ณL ๏ฝ
8.6810 ๏ด 104 N
๏ฝ 1.08513 ๏ด 108 Pa
(2)(0.020 m)2
๏ณ L ๏ฝ 108.5 MPa ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
158
PROBLEM 2.58
0.02 in.
14 in.
Bronze
A 2.4 in2
E 15 106 psi
12 10 โ6/F
18 in.
Knowing that a 0.02-in. gap exists when the temperature is 75 ๏ฐF,
determine (a) the temperature at which the normal stress in the
aluminum bar will be equal to ๏ญ11 ksi, (b) the corresponding exact
length of the aluminum bar.
Aluminum
A 2.8 in2
E 10.6 106 psi
12.9 10 โ6/F
SOLUTION
๏ณ a ๏ฝ ๏ญ11 ksi ๏ฝ ๏ญ11 ๏ด 103 psi
P ๏ฝ ๏ญ๏ณ a Aa ๏ฝ (11 ๏ด 103 )(2.8) ๏ฝ 30.8 ๏ด 103 lb
Shortening due to P:
๏คP ๏ฝ
๏ฝ
PLb
PLa
๏ซ
Eb Ab Ea Aa
(30.8 ๏ด 103 )(14) (30.8 ๏ด 103 )(18)
๏ซ
(15 ๏ด 106 )(2.4) (10.6 ๏ด 106 )(2.8)
๏ฝ 30.657 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
Available elongation for thermal expansion:
๏ค T ๏ฝ 0.02 ๏ซ 30.657 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ฝ 50.657 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
But ๏คT ๏ฝ Lb๏ก b (๏T ) ๏ซ La๏ก a (๏T )
๏ฝ (14)(12 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(๏T ) ๏ซ (18)(12.9 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(๏T ) ๏ฝ (400.2 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )๏T
Equating, (400.2 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )๏T ๏ฝ 50.657 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
(a)
Thot ๏ฝ Tcold ๏ซ ๏T ๏ฝ 75 ๏ซ 126.6 ๏ฝ 201.6๏ฐF
(b)
๏ค a ๏ฝ La๏ก a (๏T ) ๏ญ
๏T ๏ฝ 126.6๏ฐF
Thot ๏ฝ 201.6๏ฐF ๏ด
PLa
Ea Aa
๏ฝ (18)(12.9 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(26.6) ๏ญ
(30.8 ๏ด 103 )(18)
๏ฝ 10.712 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
(10.6 ๏ด 106 )(2.8)
Lexact ๏ฝ 18 ๏ซ 10.712 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ฝ 18.0107 in.
L ๏ฝ 18.0107 in. ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
159
PROBLEM 2.59
0.02 in.
14 in.
18 in.
Determine (a) the compressive force in the bars shown after a
temperature rise of 180๏ฐF, (b) the corresponding change in length of
the bronze bar.
Bronze
A 2.4 in2
E 15 106 psi
12 10 โ6/F
Aluminum
A 2.8 in2
E 10.6 106 psi
12.9 10 โ6/F
SOLUTION
Thermal expansion if free of constraint:
๏คT ๏ฝ Lb๏ก b (๏T ) ๏ซ La๏ก a (๏T )
๏ฝ (14)(12 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(180) ๏ซ (18)(12.9 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(180)
๏ฝ 72.036 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
Constrained expansion: ๏ค ๏ฝ 0.02 in.
Shortening due to induced compressive force P:
๏ค P ๏ฝ 72.036 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ญ 0.02 ๏ฝ 52.036 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
๏คP ๏ฝ
But
PLb
PLa ๏ฆ Lb
L ๏ถ
๏ซ
๏ฝ๏ง
๏ซ a ๏ทP
Eb Ab Ea Aa ๏จ Eb Ab Ea Aa ๏ธ
๏ฆ
๏ถ
14
18
๏ญ9
๏ฝ๏ง
๏ซ
๏ท P ๏ฝ 995.36 ๏ด 10 P
6
6
(15
10
)(2.4)
(10.6
10
)(2.8)
๏ด
๏ด
๏จ
๏ธ
995.36 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P ๏ฝ 52.036 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
Equating,
P ๏ฝ 52.279 ๏ด 103 lb
P ๏ฝ 52.3 kips ๏ด
(a)
(b)
๏ค b ๏ฝ Lb๏ก b (๏T ) ๏ญ
PLb
Eb Ab
๏ฝ (14)(12 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(180) ๏ญ
(52.279 ๏ด 103 )(14)
๏ฝ 9.91 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
6
(15 ๏ด 10 )(2.4)
๏ค b ๏ฝ 9.91 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in. ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
160
PROBLEM 2.60
0.5 mm
300 mm
At room temperature (20๏ฐC) a 0.5-mm gap exists between the ends of
the rods shown. At a later time when the temperature has reached
140๏ฐC, determine (a) the normal stress in the aluminum rod, (b) the
change in length of the aluminum rod.
250 mm
A
B
Aluminum
A 5 2000 mm2
E 5 75 GPa
a 5 23 3 10โ6/8C
Stainless steel
A 5 800 mm2
E 5 190 GPa
a 5 17.3 3 10โ6/8C
SOLUTION
๏T ๏ฝ 140 ๏ญ 20 ๏ฝ 120๏ฐC
Free thermal expansion:
๏คT ๏ฝ La๏ก a (๏T ) ๏ซ Ls๏ก s (๏T )
๏ฝ (0.300)(23 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(120) ๏ซ (0.250)(17.3 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(120)
๏ฝ 1.347 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
Shortening due to P to meet constraint:
๏ค P ๏ฝ 1.347 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ญ 0.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ฝ 0.847 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
๏คP ๏ฝ
PLa
PLs ๏ฆ La
L ๏ถ
๏ซ
๏ฝ๏ง
๏ซ s ๏ทP
Ea Aa Es As ๏จ Ea Aa Es As ๏ธ
๏ฆ
๏ถ
0.300
0.250
P
๏ฝ๏ง
๏ซ
9
๏ญ6
9
๏ญ6 ๏ท
๏จ (75 ๏ด 10 )(2000 ๏ด 10 ) (190 ๏ด 10 )(800 ๏ด 10 ) ๏ธ
๏ฝ 3.6447 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P
3.6447 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 P ๏ฝ 0.847 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
Equating,
P ๏ฝ 232.39 ๏ด 103 N
P
232.39 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ116.2 ๏ด 106 Pa
Aa
2000 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
(a)
๏ณa ๏ฝ ๏ญ
(b)
๏ค a ๏ฝ La๏ก a (๏T ) ๏ญ
๏ณ a ๏ฝ ๏ญ116.2 MPa ๏ด
PLa
Ea Aa
๏ฝ (0.300)(23 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(120) ๏ญ
(232.39 ๏ด 103 )(0.300)
๏ฝ 363 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
(75 ๏ด 109 )(2000 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ค a ๏ฝ 0.363 mm ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
161
PROBLEM 2.61
P
5 in. diameter
8
5.0 in.
A standard tension test is used to determine the properties of an experimental plastic.
The test specimen is a 85 -in.-diameter rod and it is subjected to an 800-lb tensile
force. Knowing that an elongation of 0.45 in. and a decrease in diameter of 0.025 in.
are observed in a 5-in. gage length, determine the modulus of elasticity, the modulus
of rigidity, and Poissonโs ratio for the material.
P’
SOLUTION
A๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
d2 ๏ฝ
๏ฐ ๏ฆ5๏ถ
2
2
๏ง ๏ท ๏ฝ 0.306796 in
4 ๏จ8๏ธ
P ๏ฝ 800 lb
๏ณy ๏ฝ
๏ฅy ๏ฝ
๏ฅx ๏ฝ
E๏ฝ
๏คy
L
๏คx
d
๏ฝ
0.45
๏ฝ 0.090
5.0
๏ฝ
๏ญ0.025
๏ฝ ๏ญ0.040
0.625
๏ค y 2.6076 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 28.973 ๏ด 103 psi
0.090
๏ฅy
v๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ณ๏ฝ
P
800
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 2.6076 ๏ด 103 psi
A 0.306796
E ๏ฝ 29.0 ๏ด 103 psi ๏ด
๏ฅ x ๏ญ0.040
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 0.44444
0.090
๏ฅy
v ๏ฝ 0.444 ๏ด๏
E
28.973 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 10.0291 ๏ด 103 psi
2(1 ๏ซ v) (2)(1 ๏ซ 0.44444)
๏ณ ๏ฝ 10.03 ๏ด 103 psi ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
162
PROBLEM 2.62
640 kN
A 2-m length of an aluminum pipe of 240-mm outer diameter and 10-mm
wall thickness is used as a short column to carry a 640-kN centric axial load.
Knowing that E ๏ฝ 73 GPa and v ๏ฝ 0.33, determine (a) the change in length of
the pipe, (b) the change in its outer diameter, (c) the change in its wall
thickness.
2m
SOLUTION
d o ๏ฝ 0.240
t ๏ฝ 0.010
L ๏ฝ 2.0
di ๏ฝ d o ๏ญ 2t ๏ฝ 0.240 ๏ญ 2(0.010) ๏ฝ 0.220 m P ๏ฝ 640 ๏ด 103 N
A๏ฝ
(a)
๏ค ๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฐ
4
๏จ do2 ๏ญ di2 ๏ฉ ๏ฝ ๏ฐ4 (0.240 ๏ญ 0.220) ๏ฝ 7.2257 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m2
PL
(640 ๏ด 103 )(2.0)
๏ฝ๏ญ
EA
(73 ๏ด 109 )(7.2257 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ ๏ญ2.4267 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
๏ฅ๏ฝ
๏ค
L
๏ฝ
๏ค ๏ฝ ๏ญ2.43 mm ๏ด๏
๏ญ2.4267
๏ฝ ๏ญ1.21335 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
2.0
๏ฅ LAT ๏ฝ ๏ญv๏ฅ ๏ฝ ๏ญ(0.33)(๏ญ1.21335 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ 4.0041 ๏ด 10๏ญ4
(b)
๏d o ๏ฝ d o๏ฅ LAT ๏ฝ (240 mm)(4.0041 ๏ด 10๏ญ4 ) ๏ฝ 9.6098 ๏ด 10๏ญ2 mm
๏d o ๏ฝ 0.0961 mm ๏ด๏
๏t ๏ฝ t๏ฅ LAT ๏ฝ (10 mm)(4.0041 ๏ด 10๏ญ4 ) ๏ฝ 4.0041 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 mm
๏t ๏ฝ 0.00400 mm ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
163
PROBLEM 2.63
200 kN
4
200 kN
10
200 mm
150 mm
A line of slope 4:10 has been scribed on a cold-rolled yellow-brass
plate, 150 mm wide and 6 mm thick. Knowing that E ๏ฝ 105 GPa and
v ๏ฝ 0.34, determine the slope of the line when the plate is subjected to
a 200-kN centric axial load as shown.
SOLUTION
A ๏ฝ (0.150)(0.006) ๏ฝ 0.9 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
๏ณx ๏ฝ
๏ฅx ๏ฝ
P 200 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 222.22 ๏ด 106 Pa
A 0.9 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
๏ณx
E
๏ฝ
222.22 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ 2.1164 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
9
105 ๏ด 10
๏ฅ y ๏ฝ ๏ญ๏ต๏ฅ x ๏ฝ ๏ญ(0.34)(2.1164 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ ๏ญ0.71958 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏
tan ๏ฑ ๏ฝ
4(1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ y )
10(1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ x )
4(1 ๏ญ 0.71958 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
10(1 ๏ซ 2.1164 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ 0.39887
๏ฝ
tan ๏ฑ ๏ฝ 0.399 ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
164
PROBLEM 2.64
50 mm
2.75 kN
2.75 kN
A
B
12 mm
A 2.75-kN tensile load is
applied to a test coupon
made from 1.6-mm flat
steel plate (E ๏ฝ 200 GPa,
v ๏ฝ 0.30). Determine the
resulting change (a) in the
50-mm gage length, (b) in
the width of portion AB
of the test coupon, (c) in
the thickness of portion
AB, (d) in the crosssectional area of portion
AB.
SOLUTION
A ๏ฝ (1.6)(12) ๏ฝ 19.20 mm 2
๏ฝ 19.20 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
P ๏ฝ 2.75 ๏ด 103 N
๏ณx ๏ฝ
P
2.75 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
A 19.20 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ฝ 143.229 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ฅx ๏ฝ
๏ณx
E
๏ฝ
143.229 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ 716.15 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
9
200 ๏ด 10
๏ฅ y ๏ฝ ๏ฅ z ๏ฝ ๏ญ๏ต๏ฅ x ๏ฝ ๏ญ(0.30)(716.15 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ214.84 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
(a)
L ๏ฝ 0.050 m
๏ค x ๏ฝ L๏ฅ x ๏ฝ (0.50)(716.15 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ 35.808 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
0.0358 mm ๏ด
(b)
w ๏ฝ 0.012 m
๏ค y ๏ฝ w๏ฅ y ๏ฝ (0.012)(๏ญ214.84 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ2.5781 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
๏ญ0.00258 mm ๏ด
(c)
t ๏ฝ 0.0016 m
๏ค z ๏ฝ t๏ฅ z ๏ฝ (0.0016)(๏ญ214.84 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ343.74 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 m
๏ญ0.000344 mm ๏ด๏
(d)
A ๏ฝ w0 (1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ y )t0 (1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ z ) ๏ฝ w0t0 (1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ y ๏ซ ๏ฅ z ๏ซ ๏ฅ y ๏ฅ z )
A0 ๏ฝ w0 t0
๏ A ๏ฝ A ๏ญ A0 ๏ฝ w0t0 (๏ฅ y ๏ซ ๏ฅ z ๏ซ negligible term) ๏ฝ 2w0 t0๏ฅ y
๏ฝ (2)(0.012)(0.0016)(๏ญ214.84 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ8.25 ๏ด 10๏ญ9 m 2
๏ญ0.00825 mm 2 ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
165
PROBLEM 2.65
22-mm diameter
75 kN
75 kN
200 mm
In a standard tensile test, a steel rod of 22-mm diameter is subjected to a
tension force of 75 kN. Knowing that v ๏ฝ 0.3 and E ๏ฝ 200 GPa,
determine (a) the elongation of the rod in a 200-mm gage length, (b) the
change in diameter of the rod.
SOLUTION
P ๏ฝ 75 kN ๏ฝ 75 ๏ด 103 N
A๏ฝ
๏ณ ๏ฝ
๏ฅx ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
d2 ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
(0.022)2 ๏ฝ 380.13 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
P
75 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 197.301 ๏ด 106 Pa
A 380.13 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ณ
E
๏ฝ
197.301 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ 986.51 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
200 ๏ด 109
๏ค x ๏ฝ L๏ฅ x ๏ฝ (200 mm)(986.51 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
(a)
๏ค x ๏ฝ 0.1973 mm ๏ด๏
๏
๏ฅ y ๏ฝ ๏ญv๏ฅ x ๏ฝ ๏ญ(0.3)(986.51 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ295.95 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ๏
๏
๏ค y ๏ฝ d๏ฅ y ๏ฝ (22 mm)(๏ญ295.95 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )๏
๏ ๏ ๏ (b) ๏ค y ๏ฝ ๏ญ0.00651 mm ๏ด
๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
166
2.5 in.
PROBLEM 2.66
The change in diameter of a large steel bolt is carefully measured as the
nut is tightened. Knowing that E ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi and v ๏ฝ 0.30, determine
the internal force in the bolt if the diameter is observed to decrease by
0.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
SOLUTION
๏ค y ๏ฝ ๏ญ0.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
๏ฅy ๏ฝ
๏ฅy
d
v๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ๏ญ
d ๏ฝ 2.5 in.
0.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
๏ฝ ๏ญ0.2 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
2.5
๏ฅy
:
๏ฅx
๏ฅx ๏ฝ
๏ญ๏ฅ y
v
๏ฝ
0.2 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
๏ฝ 0.66667 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
0.3
๏ณ x ๏ฝ E๏ฅ x ๏ฝ (29 ๏ด 106 )(0.66667 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ) ๏ฝ 19.3334 ๏ด 103 psi
A๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
d2 ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
(2.5) 2 ๏ฝ 4.9087 in 2
F ๏ฝ ๏ณ x A ๏ฝ (19.3334 ๏ด 103 )(4.9087) ๏ฝ 94.902 ๏ด 103 lb
F ๏ฝ 94.9 kips ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
167
PROBLEM 2.67
A
The brass rod AD is fitted with a jacket that is used to apply a
hydrostatic pressure of 48 MPa to the 240-mm portion BC of the rod.
Knowing that E ๏ฝ 105 GPa and v ๏ฝ 0.33, determine (a) the change in
the total length AD, (b) the change in diameter at the middle of the rod.
B
240 mm
600 mm
C
D
50 mm
SOLUTION
๏ณ x ๏ฝ ๏ณ z ๏ฝ ๏ญ p ๏ฝ ๏ญ48 ๏ด 106 Pa,
๏ณy ๏ฝ 0
1
(๏ณ x ๏ญ ๏ต๏ณ y ๏ญ ๏ต๏ณ z )
E
1
๏ฝ
๏ ๏ญ48 ๏ด 106 ๏ญ (0.33)(0) ๏ญ (0.33)(๏ญ48 ๏ด 106 )๏
105 ๏ด 109
๏ฝ 306.29 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ฅx ๏ฝ
1
(๏ญ๏ต๏ณ x ๏ญ ๏ณ y ๏ญ ๏ต๏ณ z )
E
1
๏ฝ
๏ ๏ญ(0.33)(๏ญ48 ๏ด 106 ) ๏ซ 0 ๏ญ (0.33)(๏ญ48 ๏ด 106 )๏
105 ๏ด 109
๏ฝ 301.71 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ฅy ๏ฝ
(a)
Change in length: only portion BC is strained. L ๏ฝ 240 mm
๏ค y ๏ฝ L๏ฅ y ๏ฝ (240)(๏ญ301.71 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ0.0724 mm
(b)
๏ด
Change in diameter: d ๏ฝ 50 mm
๏ค x ๏ฝ ๏ค z ๏ฝ d๏ฅ x ๏ฝ (50)(๏ญ306.29 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ0.01531 mm
๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
168
PROBLEM 2.68
y
4 in.
3 in.
A
B
D
z
C
z
x
x
A fabric used in air-inflated structures is subjected to a biaxial
loading that results in normal stresses ๏ณ x ๏ฝ 18 ksi and ๏ณ z ๏ฝ 24 ksi .
Knowing that the properties of the fabric can be approximated as
E ๏ฝ 12.6 ร 106 psi and v ๏ฝ 0.34, determine the change in length of
(a) side AB, (b) side BC, (c) diagonal AC.
SOLUTION
๏ณ x ๏ฝ 18 ksi
๏ณy ๏ฝ 0
๏ณ z ๏ฝ 24 ksi
1
1
(๏ณ x ๏ญ ๏ต๏ณ y ๏ญ ๏ต๏ณ z ) ๏ฝ
๏18,000 ๏ญ (0.34)(24, 000)๏ ๏ฝ 780.95 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
E
12.6 ๏ด 106
1
1
๏ฅ z ๏ฝ (๏ญ๏ต๏ณ x ๏ญ ๏ต๏ณ y ๏ซ ๏ณ z ) ๏ฝ
๏ ๏ญ(0.34)(18,000) ๏ซ 24,000๏ ๏ฝ 1.41905 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
6
E
12.6 ๏ด 10
๏ฅ x๏ฝ
(a)
๏ค AB ๏ฝ ( AB)๏ฅ x ๏ฝ (4 in.)(780.95 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ 0.0031238 in.
0.00312 in. ๏ด๏
(b)
๏ค BC ๏ฝ ( BC )๏ฅ z ๏ฝ (3 in.)(1.41905 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ) ๏ฝ 0.0042572 in.
0.00426 in. ๏ด๏
Label sides of right triangle ABC as a, b, c.
Then
c2 ๏ฝ a 2 ๏ซ b2
Obtain differentials by calculus.
2cdc ๏ฝ 2ada ๏ซ 2bdb
dc ๏ฝ
But a ๏ฝ 4 in.
b ๏ฝ 3 in.
da ๏ฝ ๏ค AB ๏ฝ 0.0031238 in.
(c)
4
5
a
b
da ๏ซ db
c
c
c ๏ฝ 42 ๏ซ 32 ๏ฝ 5 in.
db ๏ฝ ๏ค BC ๏ฝ 0.0042572 in.
3
5
๏ค AC ๏ฝ dc ๏ฝ (0.0031238) ๏ซ (0.0042572)
0.00505 in. ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
169
PROBLEM 2.69
y 6 ksi
A
B
x 12 ksi
1 in.
A 1-in. square was scribed on the side of a large steel pressure vessel.
After pressurization the biaxial stress condition at the square is as
shown. Knowing that E ๏ฝ 29 ร 106 psi and v ๏ฝ 0.30, determine the
change in length of (a) side AB, (b) side BC, (c) diagonal AC.
C
D
1 in.
SOLUTION
๏ฅx ๏ฝ
1
1
๏ฉ12 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ (0.30)(6 ๏ด 103 ) ๏น๏ป
(๏ณ x ๏ญ ๏ต๏ค y ) ๏ฝ
6 ๏ซ
E
29 ๏ด 10
๏ฝ 351.72 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
1
1
๏ฉ๏ซ6 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ (0.30)(12 ๏ด 103 ) ๏น๏ป
๏ฅ y ๏ฝ (๏ณ y ๏ญ ๏ต๏ค x ) ๏ฝ
E
29 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ 82.759 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
(a)
๏ค AB ๏ฝ ( AB)0 ๏ฅ x ๏ฝ (1.00)(351.72 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ 352 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 in.
๏ด๏
(b)
๏ค BC ๏ฝ ( BC )0 ๏ฅ y ๏ฝ (1.00)(82.759 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ 82.8 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 in.
๏ด
(c)
( AC ) ๏ฝ ( AB) 2 ๏ซ ( BC ) 2 ๏ฝ ( AB0 ๏ซ ๏ค x )2 ๏ซ ( BC0 ๏ซ ๏ค y )2
๏ฝ (1 ๏ซ 351.72 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )2 ๏ซ (1 ๏ซ 82.759 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) 2
๏ฝ 1.41452
AC ๏ญ ( AC )0 ๏ฝ 307 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
( AC )0 ๏ฝ 2
๏ด
or use calculus as follows:๏
Label sides using a, b, and c as shown.
c2 ๏ฝ a 2 ๏ซ b2
Obtain differentials.
dc ๏ฝ
from which
2cdc ๏ฝ 2ada ๏ซ 2bdc
a
b
da ๏ซ dc
c
c
But a ๏ฝ 100 in., b ๏ฝ 1.00 in., c ๏ฝ 2 in.
da ๏ฝ ๏ค AB ๏ฝ 351.72 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 in., db ๏ฝ ๏ค BC ๏ฝ 82.8 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 in.
๏ค AC ๏ฝ dc ๏ฝ
1.00
2
(351.7 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ซ
1.00
2
(82.8 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ฝ 307 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 in.
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
170
PROBLEM 2.70
The block shown is made of a magnesium alloy, for which
E ๏ฝ 45 GPa and v ๏ฝ 0.35. Knowing that ๏ณ x ๏ฝ ๏ญ180 MPa,
determine (a) the magnitude of ๏ณ y for which the change in
the height of the block will be zero, (b) the corresponding
change in the area of the face ABCD, (c) the corresponding
change in the volume of the block.
SOLUTION
(a)
๏คy ๏ฝ 0
๏ฅy ๏ฝ 0
๏ณz ๏ฝ 0
1
(๏ณ x ๏ญ v๏ณ y ๏ญ v๏ณ z )
E
๏ณ y ๏ฝ v๏ณ x ๏ฝ (0.35)(๏ญ180 ๏ด 106 )
๏ฅy ๏ฝ
๏ณ y ๏ฝ ๏ญ63.0 MPa ๏ด
๏ฝ ๏ญ63 ๏ด 106 Pa
1
v
(0.35)(๏ญ243 ๏ด 106 )
(๏ณ z ๏ญ v๏ณ x ๏ญ v๏ณ y ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ (๏ณ x ๏ซ ๏ณ y ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ซ1.890 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
E
E
45 ๏ด 109
๏ณ x ๏ญ v๏ณ y
1
157.95 ๏ด 106
๏ฅ x ๏ฝ (๏ณ x ๏ญ v๏ณ y ๏ญ v๏ณ Z ) ๏ฝ
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ3.510 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
E
E
45 ๏ด 109
๏ฅz ๏ฝ
(b)
A0 ๏ฝ Lx Lz
A ๏ฝ Lx (1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ x ) Lz (1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ z ) ๏ฝ Lx Lz (1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ x ๏ซ ๏ฅ z ๏ซ ๏ฅ x๏ฅ z )
๏ A ๏ฝ A ๏ญ A0 ๏ฝ Lx Lz (๏ฅ x ๏ซ ๏ฅ z ๏ซ ๏ฅ x ๏ฅ z ) ๏ป Lx Lz (๏ฅ x ๏ซ ๏ฅ z )
๏ A ๏ฝ (100 mm)(25 mm)(๏ญ3.510 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ซ 1.890 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
(c)
๏ A ๏ฝ ๏ญ4.05 mm 2 ๏ด
V0 ๏ฝ Lx Ly Lz
V ๏ฝ Lx (1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ x ) Ly (1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ y ) Lz (1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ z )
๏ฝ Lx Ly Lz (1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ x ๏ซ ๏ฅ y ๏ซ ๏ฅ z ๏ซ ๏ฅ x๏ฅ y ๏ซ ๏ฅ y ๏ฅ z ๏ซ ๏ฅ z ๏ฅ x ๏ซ ๏ฅ x๏ฅ y ๏ฅ z )
๏V ๏ฝ V ๏ญ V0 ๏ฝ Lx Ly Lz (๏ฅ x ๏ซ ๏ฅ y ๏ซ ๏ฅ z ๏ซ small terms)
๏V ๏ฝ (100)(40)(25)(๏ญ3.510 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ซ 0 ๏ซ 1.890 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏V ๏ฝ ๏ญ162.0 mm3 ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
171
PROBLEM 2.71
y
A
B
D
z
C
โดz
x
โดx
The homogeneous plate ABCD is subjected to a biaxial loading as
shown. It is known that ๏ณ z ๏ฝ ๏ณ 0 and that the change in length of
the plate in the x direction must be zero, that is, ๏ฅ x ๏ฝ 0. Denoting
by E the modulus of elasticity and by v Poissonโs ratio, determine
(a) the required magnitude of ๏ณ x , (b) the ratio ๏ณ 0 / ๏ฅ z .
SOLUTION
๏ณ z ๏ฝ ๏ณ 0 , ๏ณ y ๏ฝ 0, ๏ฅ x ๏ฝ 0
๏ฅx ๏ฝ
1
1
(๏ณ x ๏ญ v๏ณ y ๏ญ v๏ณ z ) ๏ฝ (๏ณ x ๏ญ v๏ณ 0 )
E
E
๏ณ x ๏ฝ v๏ณ 0 ๏ด
(a)
(b)
๏ฅz ๏ฝ
1
1
1 ๏ญ v2
(๏ญv๏ณ x ๏ญ v๏ณ y ๏ซ ๏ณ z ) ๏ฝ (๏ญv 2๏ณ 0 ๏ญ 0 ๏ซ ๏ณ 0 ) ๏ฝ
๏ณ0
E
E
E
๏ณ0
E
๏ฝ
๏ด๏
๏ฅ z 1 ๏ญ v2
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
172
y
P’
PROBLEM 2.72
P
โดx
โดx โซฝ P
A
z
(a)
P’
โด’
โด’
โถm โซฝ P
โถm
45โฌ
2A
โด’
x
For a member under axial loading, express the normal strain ๏ฅ๏ข in a
direction forming an angle of 45๏ฐ with the axis of the load in terms of the
axial strain ๏ฅx by (a) comparing the hypotenuses of the triangles shown in
Fig. 2.43, which represent, respectively, an element before and after
deformation, (b) using the values of the corresponding stresses of ๏ณ ๏ข and
๏ณx shown in Fig. 1.38, and the generalized Hookeโs law.
P
โด’ โซฝ P
2A
(b)
SOLUTION
Figure 2.49
(a)
[ 2(1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ ๏ข)]2 ๏ฝ (1 ๏ซ ๏ฅ x )2 ๏ซ (1 ๏ญ v๏ฅ x )2
2(1 ๏ซ 2๏ฅ ๏ข ๏ซ ๏ฅ ๏ข2 ) ๏ฝ 1 ๏ซ 2๏ฅ x ๏ซ ๏ฅ x2 ๏ซ 1 ๏ญ 2v๏ฅ x ๏ซ v 2๏ฅ x2
4๏ฅ ๏ข ๏ซ 2๏ฅ ๏ข2 ๏ฝ 2๏ฅ x ๏ซ ๏ฅ x2 ๏ญ 2v๏ฅ x ๏ซ v 2๏ฅ x2
4๏ฅ ๏ข ๏ฝ 2๏ฅ x ๏ญ 2v๏ฅ x
Neglect squares as small.
(A)
๏ฅ๏ข ๏ฝ
1๏ญ v
๏ฅx ๏ด
2
(B)
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
173
PROBLEM 2.72 (Continued)
(b)
v๏ณ ๏ข
E
E
1๏ญ v P
๏ฝ
๏
E 2A
1๏ญ v
๏ณx
๏ฝ
2E
๏ฅ๏ข ๏ฝ
๏ฝ
๏ณ๏ข
๏ญ
1๏ญ v
๏ฅx
2
๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
174
โดy
PROBLEM 2.73
โดx
In many situations, it is known that the normal stress in a given direction is zero.
For example, ๏ณ z ๏ฝ 0 in the case of the thin plate shown. For this case, which is
known as plane stress, show that if the strains ๏ฅx and ๏ฅy have been determined
experimentally, we can express ๏ณ x , ๏ณ y , and ๏ฅ z as follows:
๏ณx ๏ฝ E
๏ฅ x ๏ซ v๏ฅ y
1๏ญ v
2
๏ณy ๏ฝ E
๏ฅ y ๏ซ v๏ฅ x
1๏ญ v
2
๏ฅz ๏ฝ ๏ญ
v
(๏ฅ x ๏ซ ๏ฅ y )
1๏ญ v
SOLUTION
๏ณz ๏ฝ 0
๏ฅx ๏ฝ
1
(๏ณ x ๏ญ v๏ณ y )
E
(1)
๏ฅy ๏ฝ
1
(๏ญv๏ณ x ๏ซ ๏ณ y )
E
(2)
Multiplying (2) by v and adding to (1),
๏ฅ x ๏ซ v๏ฅ y ๏ฝ
1 ๏ญ v2
๏ณx
E
or
๏ณx ๏ฝ
E
(๏ฅ x ๏ซ v๏ฅ y )
1 ๏ญ v2
๏ด
or
๏ณy ๏ฝ
E
(๏ฅ y ๏ซ v๏ฅ x )
1 ๏ญ v2
๏ด
Multiplying (1) by v and adding to (2),
๏ฅ y ๏ซ v๏ฅ x ๏ฝ
1 ๏ญ v2
๏ณy
E
1
v
E
(๏ญv๏ณ x ๏ญ v๏ณ y ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ ๏
(๏ฅ x ๏ซ v๏ฅ y ๏ซ ๏ฅ y ๏ซ v๏ฅ x )
E
E 1 ๏ญ v2
v(1 ๏ซ v)
v
๏ฝ๏ญ
(๏ฅ x ๏ซ ๏ฅ y ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ
(๏ฅ x ๏ซ ๏ฅ y )
2
1๏ญ v
1๏ญ v
๏ฅz ๏ฝ
๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
175
PROBLEM 2.74
y
โดy
โดx
x
z
(a)
โดz
In many situations, physical constraints
prevent strain from occurring in a given
direction. For example, ๏ฅ z ๏ฝ 0 in the case
shown, where longitudinal movement of
the long prism is prevented at every point.
Plane sections perpendicular to the
longitudinal axis remain plane and the
same distance apart. Show that for this
situation, which is known as plane strain,
we can express ๏ณ z , ๏ฅ x , and ๏ฅ y as follows:
๏ณ z ๏ฝ v(๏ณ x ๏ซ ๏ณ y )
(b)
1
[(1 ๏ญ v 2 )๏ณ x ๏ญ v(1 ๏ซ v)๏ณ y ]
E
1
๏ฅ y ๏ฝ [(1 ๏ญ v 2 )๏ณ y ๏ญ v(1 ๏ซ v)๏ณ x ]
E
๏ฅx ๏ฝ
SOLUTION
๏ฅz ๏ฝ 0 ๏ฝ
1
(๏ญv๏ณ x ๏ญ v๏ณ y ๏ซ ๏ณ z ) or ๏ณ z ๏ฝ v(๏ณ x ๏ซ ๏ณ y )
E
1
(๏ณ x ๏ญ v๏ณ y ๏ญ v๏ณ z )
E
1
๏ฝ [๏ณ x ๏ญ v๏ณ y ๏ญ v 2 (๏ณ x ๏ซ ๏ณ y )]
E
1
๏ฝ [(1 ๏ญ v 2 )๏ณ x ๏ญ v(1 ๏ซ v)๏ณ y ]
E
๏ด
๏ฅx ๏ฝ
1
(๏ญv๏ณ x ๏ซ ๏ณ y ๏ญ v๏ณ z )
E
1
๏ฝ [๏ญv๏ณ x ๏ซ ๏ณ y ๏ญ v 2 (๏ณ x ๏ซ ๏ณ y )]
E
1
๏ฝ [(1 ๏ญ v 2 )๏ณ y ๏ญ v(1 ๏ซ v)๏ณ x ]
E
๏ด
๏ฅy ๏ฝ
๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
176
PROBLEM 2.75
3.2 in.
The plastic block shown is bonded to a rigid support and to a vertical plate to
which a 55-kip load P is applied. Knowing that for the plastic used G ๏ฝ 150 ksi,
determine the deflection of the plate.
4.8 in.
P
2 in.
๏
SOLUTION
A ๏ฝ (3.2)(4.8) ๏ฝ 15.36 in 2
P ๏ฝ 55 ๏ด 103 lb
๏ด ๏ฝ
P 55 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 3580.7 psi
A
15.36
G ๏ฝ 150 ๏ด 103 psi
๏ง ๏ฝ
๏
๏ด
๏ฝ
G
h ๏ฝ 2 in.
3580.7
๏ฝ 23.871 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
150 ๏ด 103
๏ค ๏ฝ h๏ง ๏ฝ (2)(23.871 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ 47.7 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
๏ค ๏ฝ 0.0477 in. ๏ฏ ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
177
PROBLEM 2.76
3.2 in.
What load P should be applied to the plate of Prob. 2.75 to produce a 161 -in.
deflection?
PROBLEM 2.75 The plastic block shown is bonded to a rigid support and to a
vertical plate to which a 55-kip load P is applied. Knowing that for the plastic
used G ๏ฝ 150 ksi, determine the deflection of the plate.
4.8 in.
2 in.
P
SOLUTION๏
1
in. ๏ฝ 0.0625 in.
16
h ๏ฝ 2 in.
๏ค ๏ฝ
๏ง ๏ฝ
๏ค
h
๏ฝ
0.0625
๏ฝ 0.03125
2
G ๏ฝ 150 ๏ด 103 psi
๏ด ๏ฝ G๏ง ๏ฝ (150 ๏ด 103 )(0.03125)
๏ฝ 4687.5 psi
A ๏ฝ (3.2)(4.8) ๏ฝ 15.36 in 2
P ๏ฝ ๏ด A ๏ฝ (4687.5)(15.36)
๏ฝ 72.0 ๏ด 103 lb
72.0 kips ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
178
b
PROBLEM 2.77
a
a
Two blocks of rubber with a modulus of rigidity G ๏ฝ 12 MPa are
bonded to rigid supports and to a plate AB. Knowing that c ๏ฝ 100 mm
and P ๏ฝ 45 kN, determine the smallest allowable dimensions a and b of
the blocks if the shearing stress in the rubber is not to exceed 1.4 MPa
and the deflection of the plate is to be at least 5 mm.
B
A
P
c
SOLUTION
Shearing strain:
๏ง๏ฝ
a๏ฝ
๏ค
a
G๏ค
๏ด
1
Shearing stress:
๏ฝ
๏ด๏ฝ 2
P
A
b๏ฝ
๏ด
G
๏ฝ
(12 ๏ด 106 Pa)(0.005 m)
๏ฝ 0.0429 m
1.4 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ฝ
P
2bc
45 ๏ด 103 N
P
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 0.1607 m
2c๏ด 2(0.1 m)(1.4 ๏ด 106 Pa)
a ๏ฝ 42.9 mm ๏ด
b ๏ฝ 160.7 mm ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
179
b
PROBLEM 2.78
a
a
Two blocks of rubber with a modulus of rigidity G ๏ฝ 10 MPa are bonded
to rigid supports and to a plate AB. Knowing that b ๏ฝ 200 mm and
c ๏ฝ 125 mm, determine the largest allowable load P and the smallest
allowable thickness a of the blocks if the shearing stress in the rubber
is not to exceed 1.5 MPa and the deflection of the plate is to be at least
6 mm.
B
A
P
c
SOLUTION
1
Shearing stress:
๏ด๏ฝ 2
P
A
๏ฝ
P
2bc
P ๏ฝ 2bc๏ด ๏ฝ 2(0.2 m)(0.125 m)(1.5 ๏ด 103 kPa)
Shearing strain:
๏ง๏ฝ
a๏ฝ
๏ค
a
๏ฝ
G๏ค
๏ด
P ๏ฝ 75.0 kN ๏ด
๏ด
G
๏ฝ
(10 ๏ด 106 Pa)(0.006 m)
๏ฝ 0.04 m
1.5 ๏ด 106 Pa
a ๏ฝ 40.0 mm ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
180
PROBLEM 2.79
An elastomeric bearing (G ๏ฝ 130 psi) is used to support a bridge girder
as shown to provide flexibility during earthquakes. The beam must not
displace more than 83 in. when a 5-kip lateral load is applied as shown.
Knowing that the maximum allowable shearing stress is 60 psi,
determine (a) the smallest allowable dimension b, (b) the smallest
required thickness a.
P
a
b
8 in.
SOLUTION
Shearing force:
P ๏ฝ 5 kips ๏ฝ 5000 lb
Shearing stress:
๏ด ๏ฝ 60 psi
๏ด๏ฝ
and
(a)
b๏ฝ
๏
๏ง๏ฝ
(b)
P
,
A
or
A๏ฝ
P
๏ด
๏ฝ
5000
๏ฝ 83.333 in 2
60
A ๏ฝ (8 in.)(b)
A 83.333
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 10.4166 in.
8
8
b ๏ฝ 10.42 in. ๏ด๏
๏ด
60
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 461.54 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 rad ๏
๏ณ 130
๏ค
๏ค
0.375 in.
But ๏ง ๏ฝ , or a ๏ฝ ๏ฝ
a
๏ง 461.54 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
a ๏ฝ 0.813 in. ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
181
PROBLEM 2.80
For the elastomeric bearing in Prob. 2.79 with b ๏ฝ 10 in. and a ๏ฝ 1 in.,
determine the shearing modulus G and the shear stress ๏ด for a
maximum lateral load P ๏ฝ 5 kips and a maximum displacement
๏ค ๏ฝ 0.4 in.
P
a
b
8 in.
SOLUTION
๏
Shearing force:
P ๏ฝ 5 kips ๏ฝ 5000 lb
Area:
A ๏ฝ (8 in.)(10 in.) ๏ฝ 80 in 2
Shearing stress:
๏ด๏ฝ
Shearing strain:
๏ง๏ฝ
Shearing modulus:
G๏ฝ
๏ค
a
๏ฝ
P 5000
๏ฝ
80
A
๏ด ๏ฝ 62.5 psi ๏ด๏
0.4 in.
๏ฝ 0.400 rad๏
1 in.
๏ด
62.5
๏ฝ
๏ง 0.400
G ๏ฝ 156.3 psi ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
182
PROBLEM 2.81
P
A
150 mm
100 mm
A vibration isolation unit consists of two blocks of hard rubber bonded
to a plate AB and to rigid supports as shown. Knowing that a force of
magnitude P ๏ฝ 25 kN causes a deflection ๏ค ๏ฝ 1.5 mm of plate AB,
determine the modulus of rigidity of the rubber used.
B
30 mm
30 mm
SOLUTION๏
F ๏ฝ
1
1
P ๏ฝ (25 ๏ด 103 N) ๏ฝ 12.5 ๏ด 103 N
2
2
๏ด ๏ฝ
F
(12.5 ๏ด 103 N)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 833.33 ๏ด 103 Pa
A (0.15 m)(0.1 m)
๏ค ๏ฝ 1.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
h ๏ฝ 0.03 m
1.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
๏ฝ 0.05
h
0.03
๏ด
833.33 ๏ด 103
G ๏ฝ ๏ฝ
๏ฝ 16.67 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ง
0.05
๏ง๏ฝ
๏ค
๏ฝ
G ๏ฝ 16.67 MPa ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
183
PROBLEM 2.82
P
A
150 mm
100 mm
A vibration isolation unit consists of two blocks of hard rubber with a
modulus of rigidity G ๏ฝ 19 MPa bonded to a plate AB and to rigid
supports as shown. Denoting by P the magnitude of the force applied
to the plate and by ๏ค the corresponding deflection, determine the
effective spring constant, k ๏ฝ P/๏ค , of the system.
B
30 mm
30 mm
SOLUTION๏
๏ค
Shearing strain:
๏ง ๏ฝ
Shearing stress:
๏ด ๏ฝ G๏ง ๏ฝ
h
G๏ค
h
GA๏ค
1
P ๏ฝ A๏ด ๏ฝ
h
2
Force:
P
P๏ฝ
k ๏ฝ
with
A ๏ฝ (0.15)(0.1) ๏ฝ 0.015 m 2
k ๏ฝ
2GA๏ค
h
2GA
h
Effective spring constant:
๏ค
๏ฝ
or
h ๏ฝ 0.03 m
2(19 ๏ด 106 Pa)(0.015 m 2 )
๏ฝ 19.00 ๏ด 106 N/m
0.03 m
k ๏ฝ 19.00 ๏ด 103 kN/m ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
184
PROBLEM 2.83๏ช
A 6-in.-diameter solid steel sphere is lowered into the ocean to a point where the pressure is 7.1 ksi (about
3 miles below the surface). Knowing that E ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi and v ๏ฝ 0.30, determine (a) the decrease in
diameter of the sphere, (b) the decrease in volume of the sphere, (c) the percent increase in the density of the
sphere.
SOLUTION
For a solid sphere,
V0 ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
6
d 03
๏ฐ
(6.00)3
6
๏ฝ 113.097 in 3
๏ฝ
๏ณx ๏ฝ๏ณy ๏ฝ๏ณz ๏ฝ ๏ญp
๏ฝ ๏ญ7.1 ๏ด 103 psi
1
(๏ณ x ๏ญ v๏ณ y ๏ญ v๏ณ z )
E
(1 ๏ญ 2v) p
(0.4)(7.1 ๏ด 103 )
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ๏ญ
E
29 ๏ด 106
๏ฅx ๏ฝ
๏ฝ ๏ญ97.93 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
Likewise,
๏ฅ y ๏ฝ ๏ฅ z ๏ฝ ๏ญ97.93 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
e ๏ฝ ๏ฅ x ๏ซ ๏ฅ y ๏ซ ๏ฅ z ๏ฝ ๏ญ293.79 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
(a)
๏ญ๏d ๏ฝ ๏ญd 0๏ฅ x ๏ฝ ๏ญ(6.00)(๏ญ97.93 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ 588 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 in.
๏ญ๏d ๏ฝ 588 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 in. ๏ด
(b)
๏ญ๏V ๏ฝ ๏ญV0 e ๏ฝ ๏ญ(113.097)(๏ญ293.79 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ 33.2 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in 3
๏ญ๏V ๏ฝ 33.2 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in 3 ๏ด
(c)
Let m ๏ฝ mass of sphere.
m ๏ฝ constant.
m ๏ฝ ๏ฒ0V0 ๏ฝ ๏ฒV ๏ฝ ๏ฒV0 (1 ๏ซ e)
๏ฒ ๏ญ ๏ฒ0 ๏ฒ
V
1
m
๏ฝ
๏ญ1 ๏ฝ
๏ด 0 ๏ญ1 ๏ฝ
๏ญ1
1๏ซ e
๏ฒ0
๏ฒ0
V0 (1 ๏ซ e) m
๏ฝ (1 ๏ญ e ๏ซ e 2 ๏ญ e3 ๏ซ ๏) ๏ญ 1 ๏ฝ ๏ญe ๏ซ e 2 ๏ญ e3 ๏ซ ๏
๏ป ๏ญe ๏ฝ 293.79 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ฒ ๏ญ ๏ฒ0
๏ด 100% ๏ฝ (293.79 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(100%)
๏ฒ0
0.0294% ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
185
PROBLEM 2.84๏ช
85 mm
(a) For the axial loading shown, determine the change in height and the
change in volume of the brass cylinder shown. (b) Solve part a,
assuming that the loading is hydrostatic with ๏ณ x ๏ฝ ๏ณ y ๏ฝ ๏ณ z ๏ฝ ๏ญ70 MPa.
sy 5 258 MPa
E 5 105 GPa
n 5 0.33
135 mm
SOLUTION
h0 ๏ฝ 135 mm ๏ฝ 0.135 m
A 0๏ฝ
๏ฐ
d 02 ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
(85) 2 ๏ฝ 5.6745 ๏ด 103 mm 2 ๏ฝ 5.6745 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
4
4
V0 ๏ฝ A0 h0 ๏ฝ 766.06 ๏ด 103 mm3 ๏ฝ 766.06 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m3
(a)
๏ณ x ๏ฝ 0, ๏ณ y ๏ฝ ๏ญ58 ๏ด 106 Pa, ๏ณ z ๏ฝ 0
๏ฅy ๏ฝ
๏ณy
1
58 ๏ด 106
(๏ญv๏ณ x ๏ซ ๏ณ y ๏ญ v๏ณ z ) ๏ฝ
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ552.38 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
9
E
E
105 ๏ด 10
๏h ๏ฝ h 0๏ฅ y ๏ฝ (135 mm)( ๏ญ 552.38 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
e๏ฝ
๏h ๏ฝ ๏ญ0.0746 mm ๏ด๏
(1 ๏ญ 2v)๏ณ y (0.34)(๏ญ58 ๏ด 106 )
1 ๏ญ 2v
(๏ณ x ๏ซ ๏ณ y ๏ซ ๏ณ z ) ๏ฝ
๏ฝ
๏ฝ ๏ญ187.81 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
9
E
E
105 ๏ด 10
๏V ๏ฝ V0 e ๏ฝ (766.06 ๏ด 103 mm3 )(๏ญ187.81 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
(b)
๏ณ x ๏ฝ ๏ณ y ๏ฝ ๏ณ z ๏ฝ ๏ญ70 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ฅy ๏ฝ
๏V ๏ฝ ๏ญ143.9 mm3 ๏ด๏
๏ณ x ๏ซ ๏ณ y ๏ซ ๏ณ z ๏ฝ ๏ญ210 ๏ด 106 Pa
1
1 ๏ญ 2v
(0.34)(๏ญ70 ๏ด 106 )
(๏ญv๏ณ x ๏ซ ๏ณ y ๏ญ v๏ณ z ) ๏ฝ
๏ณy ๏ฝ
๏ฝ ๏ญ226.67 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
E
E
105 ๏ด 109
๏h ๏ฝ h 0๏ฅ y ๏ฝ (135 mm)( ๏ญ226.67 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
e๏ฝ
๏h ๏ฝ ๏ญ0.0306 mm ๏ด
1 ๏ญ 2v
(0.34)(๏ญ210 ๏ด 106 )
(๏ณ x ๏ซ ๏ณ y ๏ซ ๏ณ z ) ๏ฝ
๏ฝ ๏ญ680 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
E
105 ๏ด 109
๏V ๏ฝ V0 e ๏ฝ (766.06 ๏ด 103 mm3 )(๏ญ680 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏V ๏ฝ ๏ญ521 mm3 ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
186
PROBLEM 2.85*
1 in. diameter
11 kips
11 kips
Determine the dilatation e and the change in volume of the 8-in. length
of the rod shown if (a) the rod is made of steel with E ๏ฝ 29 ร 106 psi
and v ๏ฝ 0.30, (b) the rod is made of aluminum with E ๏ฝ 10.6 ร 106 psi
and v ๏ฝ 0.35.
8 in.
SOLUTION
A๏ฝ
๏ฐ
d2 ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
4
3
P ๏ฝ 11 ๏ด 10 lb
(a)
(1) 2 ๏ฝ 0.78540 in 2
Stresses :
P 11 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 14.0056 ๏ด 103 psi
A 0.78540
๏ณy ๏ฝ๏ณz ๏ฝ 0
Steel.
E ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi
๏ณx ๏ฝ
๏ฅx ๏ฝ
๏ฅy ๏ฝ
๏ฅz ๏ฝ
v ๏ฝ 0.30
๏ณ
1
14.0056 ๏ด 103
(๏ณ x ๏ญ v๏ณ y ๏ญ v๏ณ z ) ๏ฝ x ๏ฝ
๏ฝ 482.95 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
E
E
29 ๏ด 106
v๏ณ
1
(๏ญv๏ณ x ๏ซ ๏ณ y ๏ญ v๏ณ z ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ x ๏ฝ ๏ญv๏ฅ x ๏ฝ ๏ญ(0.30)(482.95 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
E
E
๏ฝ ๏ญ144.885 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
v๏ณ
1
(๏ญv๏ณ x ๏ญ v๏ณ y ๏ซ ๏ณ z ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ x ๏ฝ ๏ฅ y ๏ฝ ๏ญ144.885 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
E
E
e ๏ฝ ๏ฅ x ๏ซ ๏ฅ y ๏ซ ๏ฅ z ๏ฝ 193.2 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ด๏
๏v ๏ฝ ve ๏ฝ ๏Le ๏ฝ (0.78540)(8)(193.2 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ 1.214 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in 3
๏ด๏
๏
(b)
Aluminum.
E ๏ฝ 10.6 ๏ด 106 psi
๏ฅx ๏ฝ
๏ณx
E
๏ฝ
v ๏ฝ 0.35
14.0056 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ 1.32128 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
10.6 ๏ด 106
๏ฅ y ๏ฝ ๏ญv๏ฅ x ๏ฝ ๏ญ(0.35)(1.32128 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ462.45 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ฅ z ๏ฝ ๏ฅ y ๏ฝ ๏ญ462.45 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
e ๏ฝ ๏ฅ x ๏ซ ๏ฅ y ๏ซ ๏ฅ z ๏ฝ 396 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ด๏
๏v ๏ฝ ve ๏ฝ ๏Le ๏ฝ (0.78540)(8)(396 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ 2.49 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in 3
๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
187
PROBLEM 2.86
Determine the change in volume of the 50-mm gage length segment AB in Prob. 2.64 (a) by computing the
dilatation of the material, (b) by subtracting the original volume of portion AB from its final volume.
PROBLEM 2.64 A 2.75-kN tensile load is applied to a test coupon made from 1.6-mm flat steel plate
(E ๏ฝ 200 GPa, v ๏ฝ 0.30). Determine the resulting change (a) in the 50-mm gage length, (b) in the width of
portion AB of the test coupon, (c) in the thickness of portion AB, (d) in the cross-sectional area of portion AB.
50 mm
2.75 kN
2.75 kN
A
B
12 mm
SOLUTION
(a)
A0 ๏ฝ (12)(1.6) ๏ฝ 19.2 mm 2 ๏ฝ 19.2 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
Volume
V0 ๏ฝ L0 A0 ๏ฝ (50)(19.2) ๏ฝ 960 mm3
๏ณx ๏ฝ
P
2.75 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 143.229 ๏ด 106 Pa
A0 19.2 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ฅx ๏ฝ
๏ณ
1
143.229 ๏ด 106
(๏ณ x ๏ญ ๏ต๏ณ y ๏ญ ๏ต๏ณ z ) ๏ฝ x ๏ฝ
๏ฝ 716.15 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
E
E
200 ๏ด 109
๏ณy ๏ฝ๏ณz ๏ฝ 0
๏ฅ y ๏ฝ ๏ฅ z ๏ฝ ๏ญ๏ต๏ฅ x ๏ฝ ๏ญ(0.30)(716.15 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ214.84 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
e ๏ฝ ๏ฅ x ๏ซ ๏ฅ y ๏ซ ๏ฅ z ๏ฝ 286.46 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ๏
๏v ๏ฝ v0 e ๏ฝ (960)(286.46 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) ๏ฝ 0.275 mm3
(b)
๏ด๏
From the solution to problem 2.64,
๏ค x ๏ฝ 0.035808 mm
๏ค y ๏ฝ ๏ญ0.0025781
๏ค z ๏ฝ ๏ญ0.00034374 mm
The dimensions when under the 2.75-kN load are
Length:
L ๏ฝ L0 ๏ซ ๏ค x ๏ฝ 50 ๏ซ 0.035808 ๏ฝ 50.035808 mm
Width:
w ๏ฝ w0 ๏ซ ๏ค y ๏ฝ 12 ๏ญ 0.0025781 ๏ฝ 11.997422 mm
Thickness: t ๏ฝ t0 ๏ซ ๏ค z ๏ฝ 1.6 ๏ญ 0.00034374 ๏ฝ 1.599656 mm
Volume:
V ๏ฝ Lwt ๏ฝ (50.03581)(11.997422)(1.599656) ๏ฝ 960.275 mm3 ๏
๏V ๏ฝ V ๏ญ V0 ๏ฝ 960.275 ๏ญ 960 ๏ฝ 0.275 mm3
๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
188
PROBLEM 2.87๏ช
P
A vibration isolation support consists of a rod A of radius R1 ๏ฝ 10 mm and
a tube B of inner radius R 2 ๏ฝ 25 mm bonded to an 80-mm-long hollow
rubber cylinder with a modulus of rigidity G ๏ฝ 12 MPa. Determine the
largest allowable force P that can be applied to rod A if its deflection is not
to exceed 2.50 mm.
R1
A
R2
80 mm
B
SOLUTION
Let r be a radial coordinate. Over the hollow rubber cylinder, R1 ๏ฃ r ๏ฃ R2 .
Shearing stress ๏ด acting on a cylindrical surface of radius r is
๏ด๏ฝ
The shearing strain is
๏ง๏ฝ
P
P
๏ฝ
A 2๏ฐ rh
๏ด
๏ฝ
G
P
2๏ฐ Ghr
Shearing deformation over radial length dr:
d๏ค
๏ฝ๏ง
dr
d ๏ค ๏ฝ ๏ง dr ๏ฝ
P dr
2๏ฐ Gh r
Total deformation.
๏ค๏ฝ
R2
P
๏ฒ d๏ค ๏ฝ 2๏ฐ Gh ๏ฒ
R2 dr
r
P
P
ln r
(ln R2 ๏ญ ln R1 )
๏ฝ
๏ฝ
R1
2๏ฐ Gh
2๏ฐ Gh
R
P
2๏ฐ Gh๏ค
ln 2 or P ๏ฝ
๏ฝ
R1
2๏ฐ Gh
ln( R2 / R1 )
R1
R1
R2
Data:
R1 ๏ฝ 10 mm ๏ฝ 0.010 m,
R2 ๏ฝ 25 mm ๏ฝ 0.025 m, h ๏ฝ 80 mm ๏ฝ 0.080 m
G ๏ฝ 12 ๏ด 106 Pa
P๏ฝ
๏ค ๏ฝ 2.50 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
(2๏ฐ )(12 ๏ด 106 ) (0.080) (2.50 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ 16.46 ๏ด 103 N
ln (0.025/0.010)
16.46 kN ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
189
PROBLEM 2.88
P
A
A vibration isolation support consists of a rod A of radius R1 and a tube B of
inner radius R2 bonded to a 80-mm-long hollow rubber cylinder with a
modulus of rigidity G ๏ฝ 10.93 MPa. Determine the required value of the ratio
R2/R1 if a 10-kN force P is to cause a 2-mm deflection of rod A.
R1
R2
80 mm
B
SOLUTION
Let r be a radial coordinate. Over the hollow rubber cylinder, R1 ๏ฃ r ๏ฃ R2 .
Shearing stress ๏ด acting on a cylindrical surface of radius r is
๏ด๏ฝ
P
P
๏ฝ
A 2๏ฐ rh
The shearing strain is
๏ง๏ฝ
๏ด
G
๏ฝ
P
2๏ฐ Ghr
Shearing deformation over radial length dr:
d๏ค
๏ฝ๏ง
dr
d ๏ค ๏ฝ ๏ง dr
dr๏ค ๏ฝ
P dr
2๏ฐ Gh r
Total deformation.
R2 dr
P
R1
2๏ฐ Gh R1 r
R2
P
P
ln r
(ln R2 ๏ญ ln R1 )
๏ฝ
๏ฝ
R
1
2๏ฐ Gh
2๏ฐ Gh
R
P
ln 2
๏ฝ
R1
2๏ฐ Gh
๏ค๏ฝ
ln
๏ฒ
R2
d๏ค ๏ฝ
๏ฒ
R2 2๏ฐ Gh๏ค (2๏ฐ ) (10.93 ๏ด 106 ) (0.080) (0.002)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 1.0988
R1
P
10.103
R2
๏ฝ exp (1.0988) ๏ฝ 3.00
R1
R2 /R1 ๏ฝ 3.00 ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
190
PROBLEM 2.89๏ช
The material constants E, G, k, and v are related by Eqs. (2.33) and (2.43). Show that any one of these constants
may be expressed in terms of any other two constants. For example, show that (a) k ๏ฝ๏ GE/(9G ๏ญ 3E) and
(b) v ๏ฝ (3k ๏ญ 2G)/(6k ๏ซ 2G).
SOLUTION
k๏ฝ
(a)
1๏ซ v ๏ฝ
and
G๏ฝ
E
2(1 ๏ซ v)
E
E
๏ญ1
or v ๏ฝ
2G
2G
k๏ฝ
(b)
E
3(1 ๏ญ 2v)
2 EG
2 EG
E
๏ฝ
๏ฝ
๏ฉ
๏ฆ E
๏ถ ๏น 3[2G ๏ญ 2 E ๏ซ 4G ] 18G ๏ญ 6 E
3 ๏ช1 ๏ญ 2 ๏ง
๏ญ 1๏ท ๏บ
๏จ 2G ๏ธ ๏ป
๏ซ
k๏ฝ
EG
๏ด๏
9G ๏ญ 6 E
v๏ฝ
3k ๏ญ 2G
๏ด
6k ๏ซ 2G
k
2(1 ๏ซ v)
๏ฝ
G 3(1 ๏ญ 2v)
3k ๏ญ 6kv ๏ฝ 2G ๏ซ 2Gv
3k ๏ญ 2G ๏ฝ 2G ๏ซ 6k
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
191
PROBLEM 2.90๏ช
Show that for any given material, the ratio G/E of the modulus of rigidity over the modulus of elasticity is
always less than 12 but more than 13 . [Hint: Refer to Eq. (2.43) and to Sec. 2.13.]
SOLUTION
G๏ฝ
E
2(1 ๏ซ v)
E
๏ฝ 2(1 ๏ซ v)
G
or
Assume v ๏พ 0 for almost all materials, and v < 12 for a positive bulk modulus.
E
๏ฆ 1๏ถ
๏คY
๏
๏ค๏ข๏ฝ
so that Pm ๏ฝ 44.2 kips
๏ด๏
Pm L ๏ณ Y L
๏ฝ
๏ฝ ๏ค Y ๏ฝ 0.089379
AE
E
๏ค p ๏ฝ ๏ค m ๏ญ ๏ค ๏ข ๏ฝ 0.125 ๏ญ 0.089379 ๏ฝ 0.356 in.
๏ด๏
(b)
๏ค m ๏ฝ 0.250 in. >๏คY
๏ด๏
๏
๏ค ๏ข ๏ฝ ๏คY
so that Pm ๏ฝ 44.2 kips
๏ค p ๏ฝ ๏ค m ๏ญ ๏ค ๏ข ๏ฝ 0.250 ๏ญ 0.089379 ๏ฝ 0.1606 in.
๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
206
PROBLEM 2.103
A
Rod AB is made of a mild steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic
with E ๏ฝ 200 GPa and ๏ณ Y ๏ฝ 345 MPa . After the rod has been
attached to the rigid lever CD, it is found that end C is 6 mm too
high. A vertical force Q is then applied at C until this point has
moved to position C๏ข . Determine the required magnitude of Q and
the deflection ๏ค1 if the lever is to snap back to a horizontal position
after Q is removed.
9-mm diameter
1.25 m
C
B
D
6 mm
d1
Cโฌ
0.4 m
0.7 m
SOLUTION
AAB ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
(9)2 ๏ฝ 63.617 mm 2 ๏ฝ 63.617 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
Since rod AB is to be stretched permanently,
( FAB )max ๏ฝ AAB๏ณ Y ๏ฝ (63.617 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(345 ๏ด 106 )
๏ฝ 21.948 ๏ด 103 N
๏ฅ M D ๏ฝ 0: 1.1Q ๏ญ 0.7 FAB ๏ฝ 0
Qmax ๏ฝ
๏ค ๏ข AB ๏ฝ
๏ฑ๏ข ๏ฝ
0.7
(21.948 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ฝ 13.9669 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 N
1.1
13.97 kN ๏ด
( FAB ) max LAB
(21.948 ๏ด 103 )(1.25)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 2.15625 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
EAAB
(200 ๏ด 109 )(63.617 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ค AB๏ข
0.7
๏ฝ 3.0804 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 rad
๏ค1 ๏ฝ 1.1๏ฑ ๏ข ๏ฝ 3.39 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
3.39 mm ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
207
PROBLEM 2.104
A
Solve Prob. 2.103, assuming that the yield point of the mild steel is
250 MPa.
9-mm diameter
1.25 m
C
B
PROBLEM 2.103 Rod AB is made of a mild steel that is assumed to
be elastoplastic with E ๏ฝ 200 GPa and ๏ณ Y ๏ฝ 345 MPa . After the rod
has been attached to the rigid lever CD, it is found that end C is 6 mm
too high. A vertical force Q is then applied at C until this point has
moved to position C๏ข . Determine the required magnitude of Q and
the deflection ๏ค1 if the lever is to snap back to a horizontal position
after Q is removed.
D
6 mm
d1
Cโฌ
0.4 m
0.7 m
SOLUTION
AAB ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
(9)2 ๏ฝ 63.617 mm 2 ๏ฝ 63.617 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ6 m 2
Since rod AB is to be stretched permanently,
( FAB ) max ๏ฝ AAB๏ณ Y ๏ฝ (63.617 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ6 )(250 ๏ด 106 )
๏ฝ 15.9043 ๏ด 103 N
๏ฅ M D ๏ฝ 0: 1.1Q ๏ญ 0.7 FAB ๏ฝ 0
Qmax ๏ฝ
๏ค ๏ข AB ๏ฝ
๏ฑ๏ข ๏ฝ
0.7
(15.9043 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ฝ 10.12 ๏ด 103 N
1.1
10.12 kN ๏ด
( FAB )max LAB
(15.9043 ๏ด 103 )(1.25)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 1.5625 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
EAAE
(200 ๏ด 109 )(63.617 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ค ๏ข AB
0.7
๏ฝ 2.2321 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 rad
๏ค1 ๏ฝ 1.1๏ฑ ๏ข ๏ฝ 2.46 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
2.46 mm ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
208
PROBLEM 2.105
C
40-mm
diameter
1.2 m
B
30-mm
diameter
0.8 m
Rod ABC consists of two cylindrical portions AB and BC; it is made of a mild
steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E ๏ฝ 200 GPa and ๏ณ Y ๏ฝ 250 MPa.
A force P is applied to the rod and then removed to give it a permanent set
๏ค p ๏ฝ 2 mm. Determine the maximum value of the force P and the maximum
amount ๏ค m by which the rod should be stretched to give it the desired permanent
set.
A
P
SOLUTION
AAB ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
(30)2 ๏ฝ 706.86 mm 2 ๏ฝ 706.86 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
๏ฐ
(40)2 ๏ฝ 1.25664 ๏ด 103 mm 2 ๏ฝ 1.25664 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
4
Pmax ๏ฝ Amin๏ณ Y ๏ฝ (706.86 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(250 ๏ด 106 ) ๏ฝ 176.715 ๏ด 103 N
ABC ๏ฝ
Pmax ๏ฝ 176.7 kN ๏ด
๏ค๏ข ๏ฝ
P๏ขLAB P๏ขLBC
(176.715 ๏ด 103 )(0.8)
(176.715 ๏ด 103 )(1.2)
๏ซ
๏ฝ
๏ซ
9
๏ญ6
EAAB
EABC (200 ๏ด 10 )(706.86 ๏ด 10 ) (200 ๏ด 109 )(1.25664 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ 1.84375 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m ๏ฝ 1.84375 mm
๏ค p ๏ฝ ๏ค m ๏ญ ๏ค ๏ข or ๏ค m ๏ฝ ๏ค p ๏ซ ๏ค ๏ข ๏ฝ 2 ๏ซ 1.84375
๏ค m ๏ฝ 3.84 mm ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
209
PROBLEM 2.106
C
Rod ABC consists of two cylindrical portions AB and BC; it is made of a mild
steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E ๏ฝ 200 GPa and ๏ณ Y ๏ฝ 250 MPa.
A force P is applied to the rod until its end A has moved down by an amount
๏ค m ๏ฝ 5 mm. Determine the maximum value of the force P and the permanent
set of the rod after the force has been removed.
40-mm
diameter
1.2 m
B
30-mm
diameter
0.8 m
A
P
SOLUTION
AAB ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
(30)2 ๏ฝ 706.86 mm 2 ๏ฝ 706.86 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
๏ฐ
(40)2 ๏ฝ 1.25664 ๏ด 103 mm 2 ๏ฝ 1.25644 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
4
Pmax ๏ฝ Amin๏ณ Y ๏ฝ (706.86 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(250 ๏ด 106 ) ๏ฝ 176.715 ๏ด 103 N
ABC ๏ฝ
Pmax ๏ฝ 176.7 kN ๏ด
๏ค๏ข ๏ฝ
P๏ขLAB P๏ขLBC
(176.715 ๏ด 103 )(0.8)
(176.715 ๏ด 103 )(1.2)
๏ซ
๏ฝ
๏ซ
9
๏ญ6
EAAB
EABC (200 ๏ด 10 )(706.68 ๏ด 10 ) (200 ๏ด 109 )(1.25664 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ 1.84375 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m ๏ฝ 1.84375 mm
๏ค p ๏ฝ ๏ค m ๏ญ ๏ค ๏ข ๏ฝ 5 ๏ญ 1.84375 ๏ฝ 3.16 mm
๏ค p ๏ฝ 3.16 mm ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
210
PROBLEM 2.107
A
Rod AB consists of two cylindrical portions AC and BC, each with a cross-sectional
area of 1750 mm2. Portion AC is made of a mild steel with E ๏ฝ 200 GPa and
๏ณ Y ๏ฝ 250 MPa, and portion CB is made of a high-strength steel with E ๏ฝ 200 GPa
and ๏ณ Y ๏ฝ 345 MPa. A load P is applied at C as shown. Assuming both steels to be
elastoplastic, determine (a) the maximum deflection of C if P is gradually increased
from zero to 975 kN and then reduced back to zero, (b) the maximum stress in each
portion of the rod, (c) the permanent deflection of C.
190 mm
C
190 mm
P
B
SOLUTION
Displacement at C to cause yielding of AC.
L ๏ณ
(0.190)(250 ๏ด 106 )
๏ฝ 0.2375 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
๏ค C ,Y ๏ฝ LAC ๏ฅ Y , AC ๏ฝ AC Y , AC ๏ฝ
9
E
200 ๏ด 10
FAC ๏ฝ A๏ณ Y , AC ๏ฝ (1750 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(250 ๏ด 106 ) ๏ฝ 437.5 ๏ด 103 N
Corresponding force.
FCB ๏ฝ ๏ญ
EA๏ค C
(200 ๏ด 109 )(1750 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(0.2375 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ437.5 ๏ด 103 N
0.190
LCB
For equilibrium of element at C,
FAC ๏ญ ( FCB ๏ซ PY ) ๏ฝ 0
PY ๏ฝ FAC ๏ญ FCB ๏ฝ 875 ๏ด 103 N
Since applied load P ๏ฝ 975 ๏ด 103 N ๏พ 875 ๏ด 103 N, portion AC yields.
FCB ๏ฝ FAC ๏ญ P ๏ฝ 437.5 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 975 ๏ด 103 N ๏ฝ ๏ญ537.5 ๏ด 103 N
(a)
๏คC ๏ฝ ๏ญ
FCB LCD
(537.5 ๏ด 103 )(0.190)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 0.29179 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
EA
(200 ๏ด 109 )(1750 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
0.292 mm ๏ด
(b)
Maximum stresses: ๏ณ AC ๏ฝ ๏ณ Y , AC ๏ฝ 250 MPa
(c)
FBC
537.5 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ307.14 ๏ด 106 Pa ๏ฝ ๏ญ307 MPa
A
1750 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
Deflection and forces for unloading.
P๏ข L
P๏ข L
L
๏ข ๏ฝ ๏ญ PAC
๏ข AC ๏ฝ ๏ญ PAC
๏ข
๏ค ๏ข ๏ฝ AC AC ๏ฝ ๏ญ CB CB
๏ PCB
EA
EA
LAB
250 MPa ๏ด
๏ณ BC ๏ฝ
๏
๏ญ307 MPa ๏ด๏
๏ข ๏ญ PCB
๏ข ๏ฝ 2 PAC
๏ข PAC
๏ข ๏ฝ 487.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 N
P๏ข ๏ฝ 975 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ PAC
๏ค๏ข ๏ฝ
(487.5 ๏ด 103 )(0.190)
๏ฝ 0.26464 ๏ด 103 m
๏ญ6
9
(200 ๏ด 10 )(1750 ๏ด 10 )
๏ค p ๏ฝ ๏ค m ๏ญ ๏ค ๏ข ๏ฝ 0.29179 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏ญ 0.26464 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
๏ฝ 0.02715 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
0.0272 mm ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
211
PROBLEM 2.108
A
190 mm
C
190 mm
P
B
For the composite rod of Prob. 2.107, if P is gradually increased from zero until the
deflection of point C reaches a maximum value of ๏ค m ๏ฝ 0.3 mm and then decreased
back to zero, determine (a) the maximum value of P, (b) the maximum stress in each
portion of the rod, (c) the permanent deflection of C after the load is removed.
PROBLEM 2.107 Rod AB consists of two cylindrical portions AC and BC, each with a
cross-sectional area of 1750 mm2. Portion AC is made of a mild steel with E ๏ฝ 200 GPa
and ๏ณ Y ๏ฝ 250 MPa, and portion CB is made of a high-strength steel with E ๏ฝ 200 GPa
and ๏ณ Y ๏ฝ 345 MPa. A load P is applied at C as shown. Assuming both steels to be
elastoplastic, determine (a) the maximum deflection of C if P is gradually increased
from zero to 975 kN and then reduced back to zero, (b) the maximum stress in each
portion of the rod, (c) the permanent deflection of C.
SOLUTION
Displacement at C is ๏ค m ๏ฝ 0.30 mm. The corresponding strains are
๏ฅ AC ๏ฝ
๏คm
LAC
๏ฅ CB ๏ฝ ๏ญ
๏ฝ
๏คm
LCB
0.30 mm
๏ฝ 1.5789 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
190 mm
๏ฝ๏ญ
0.30 mm
๏ฝ ๏ญ1.5789 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
190 mm
Strains at initial yielding:
๏ณ Y, AC
250 ๏ด 106
๏ฝ 1.25 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
(yielding)
E
200 ๏ด 109
๏ณ Y, BC
345 ๏ด 106
๏ฅ Y, CB ๏ฝ
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ1.725 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
(elastic)
E
200 ๏ด 109
๏ฅ Y, AC ๏ฝ
(a)
๏ฝ
Forces: FAC ๏ฝ A๏ณ Y ๏ฝ (1750 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(250 ๏ด 106 ) ๏ฝ 437.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 N
FCB ๏ฝ EA๏ฅ CB ๏ฝ (200 ๏ด 109 )(1750 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(๏ญ1.5789 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ) ๏ฝ ๏ญ552.6 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 N
For equilibrium of element at C, FAC ๏ญ FCB ๏ญ P ๏ฝ 0
P ๏ฝ FAC ๏ญ FCD ๏ฝ 437.5 ๏ด 103 ๏ซ 552.6 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ 990.1 ๏ด 103 N
(b)
Stresses: AC : ๏ณ AC ๏ฝ ๏ณ Y, AC
CB : ๏ณ CB ๏ฝ
990 kN ๏ด
250 MPa ๏ด
FCB
552.6 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ316 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ญ6
A
1750 ๏ด 10
๏ญ316 MPa ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
212
PROBLEM 2.108 (Continued)
(c) Deflection and forces for unloading.
๏ค๏ข ๏ฝ
๏ข LAC
PAC
P๏ข L
L
๏ข ๏ฝ ๏ญ PAC
๏ข AC ๏ฝ ๏ญ PAC
๏ฝ ๏ญ CB CB ๏ PCB
EA
EA
LAB
๏ข ๏ญ PCB
๏ข ๏ฝ 2 PAC
๏ข ๏ฝ 990.1 ๏ด 103 N ๏ PAC
๏ข ๏ฝ 495.05 ๏ด 103 N
P๏ข ๏ฝ PAC
๏ค๏ข ๏ฝ
(495.05 ๏ด 103 )(0.190)
๏ฝ 0.26874 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m ๏ฝ 0.26874 mm
(200 ๏ด 109 )(1750 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ค p ๏ฝ ๏ค m ๏ญ ๏ค ๏ข ๏ฝ 0.30 mm ๏ญ 0.26874 mm
0.0313mm ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
213
PROBLEM 2.109
E
D
2m
C
B
A
Each cable has a cross-sectional area of 100 mm2 and is made of an
elastoplastic material for which ๏ณ Y ๏ฝ 345 MPa and E ๏ฝ 200 GPa. A force
Q is applied at C to the rigid bar ABC and is gradually increased from 0 to
50 kN and then reduced to zero. Knowing that the cables were initially taut,
determine (a) the maximum stress that occurs in cable BD, (b) the
maximum deflection of point C, (c) the final displacement of point C.
(Hint: In part c, cable CE is not taut.)
Q
1m
1m
SOLUTION
Elongation constraints for taut cables.
Let ๏ฑ ๏ฝ rotation angle of rigid bar ABC.
๏ฑ๏ฝ
๏ค BD ๏ฝ
๏ค BD
LAB
๏ฝ
๏ค CE
LAC
LAB
1
๏ค CE ๏ฝ ๏ค CE
2
LAC
(1)
Equilibrium of bar ABC.
M A ๏ฝ 0 : LAB FBD ๏ซ LAC FCE ๏ญ LAC Q ๏ฝ 0
Q ๏ฝ FCE ๏ซ
LAB
1
FBD ๏ฝ FCE ๏ซ FBD
LAC
2
Assume cable CE is yielded.
FCE ๏ฝ A๏ณ Y ๏ฝ (100 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(345 ๏ด 106 ) ๏ฝ 34.5 ๏ด 103 N
From (2),
FBD ๏ฝ 2(Q ๏ญ FCE ) ๏ฝ (2)(50 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 34.5 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ฝ 31.0 ๏ด 103 N
(2)
Since FBD PY; therefore, mild steel yields.
P1 ๏ฝ force carried by mild steel
Let
P2 ๏ฝ force carried by tempered steel
P1 ๏ฝ A1๏ณ Y 1 ๏ฝ (1.00)(50 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ฝ 50 ๏ด 103 lb
P1 ๏ซ P2 ๏ฝ P, P2 ๏ฝ P ๏ญ P1 ๏ฝ 98 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 50 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ 48 ๏ด 103 lb
๏ณ2 ๏ฝ
P2 48 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 64 ๏ด 103 psi
A2
0.75
Unloading. ๏ณ ๏ข ๏ฝ
P 98 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 56 ๏ด 103 psi
A
1.75
Residual stresses.
Mild steel:
๏ณ 1,res ๏ฝ ๏ณ1 ๏ญ ๏ณ ๏ข ๏ฝ 50 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 56 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ ๏ญ6 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 psi ๏ฝ ๏ญ6 ksi
Tempered steel:
๏ณ 2,res ๏ฝ ๏ณ 2 ๏ญ ๏ณ 1 ๏ฝ 64 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 56 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ 8 ๏ด 103 psi
8.00 ksi ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
229
PROBLEM 2.120๏ช
P’
3
16 in.
3
16 in.
1
in.
2
14 in.
For the composite bar in Prob. 2.111, determine the residual stresses in
the tempered-steel bars if P is gradually increased from zero until the
deformation of the bar reaches a maximum value ๏ค m ๏ฝ 0.04 in. and is
then decreased back to zero.
PROBLEM 2.111 Two tempered-steel bars, each 163 in. thick, are bonded
to a 12 -in. mild-steel bar. This composite bar is subjected as shown to a
centric axial load of magnitude P. Both steels are elastoplastic
with E ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi and with yield strengths equal to 100 ksi and 50 ksi,
respectively, for the tempered and mild steel. The load P is gradually
increased from zero until the deformation of the bar reaches a maximum
value ๏ค m ๏ฝ 0.04 in. and then decreased back to zero. Determine (a) the
maximum value of P, (b) the maximum stress in the tempered-steel bars,
(c) the permanent set after the load is removed.
2.0 in.
P
SOLUTION
L๏ค
(14)(50 ๏ด 10 )
๏ฆ1๏ถ
A1 ๏ฝ ๏ง ๏ท (2) ๏ฝ 1.00 in 2 ๏คY 1 ๏ฝ Y 1 ๏ฝ
๏ฝ 0.024138 in.
E
29 ๏ด 106
๏จ2๏ธ
3
For the mild steel,
L๏ค
(14)(100 ๏ด 10 )
๏ฆ 3๏ถ
For the tempered steel, A2 ๏ฝ 2 ๏ง ๏ท (2) ๏ฝ 0.75 in 2 ๏คY 2 ๏ฝ Y 2 ๏ฝ
๏ฝ 0.048276 in.
E
29 ๏ด 106
๏จ 16 ๏ธ
3
A ๏ฝ A1 ๏ซ A2 ๏ฝ 1.75 in 2
Total area:
๏คY 1 ๏ผ ๏ค m ๏ผ ๏คY 2
The mild steel yields. Tempered steel is elastic.
P1 ๏ฝ A1๏คY 1 ๏ฝ (1.00)(50 ๏ด 103 ) ๏ฝ 50 ๏ด 103 lb
Forces:
P2 ๏ฝ
Stresses:
๏ณ1 ๏ฝ
EA2๏ค m (29 ๏ด 106 )(0.75)(0.04)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 62.14 ๏ด 103 lb
L
14
P1
P
62.14 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ ๏คY 1 ๏ฝ 50 ๏ด 103 psi ๏ณ 2 ๏ฝ 2 ๏ฝ
๏ฝ 82.86 ๏ด 103 psi
A1
A2
0.75
๏ณ๏ข๏ฝ
Unloading:
P 112.14
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 64.08 ๏ด 103 psi
A
1.75
Residual stresses. ๏ณ 1,res ๏ฝ ๏ณ 1 ๏ญ ๏ณ ๏ข ๏ฝ 50 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 64.08 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ ๏ญ14.08 ๏ด 103 psi ๏ฝ ๏ญ14.08 ksi
๏ณ 2,res ๏ฝ ๏ณ 2 ๏ญ ๏ณ ๏ข ๏ฝ 82.86 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 64.08 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ 18.78 ๏ด 103 psi ๏ฝ 18.78 ksi
๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
230
PROBLEM 2.121๏ช
Narrow bars of aluminum are bonded to the two sides of a thick steel plate as
shown. Initially, at T1 ๏ฝ 70๏ฐF, all stresses are zero. Knowing that the
temperature will be slowly raised to T2 and then reduced to T1, determine
(a) the highest temperature T2 that does not result in residual stresses, (b) the
temperature T2 that will result in a residual stress in the aluminum equal to
58 ksi. Assume ๏ก a ๏ฝ 12.8 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 / ๏ฐF for the aluminum and ๏ก s ๏ฝ 6.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 / ๏ฐF
for the steel. Further assume that the aluminum is elastoplastic, with
E ๏ฝ 10.9 ๏ด 106 psi and ๏ณ Y ๏ฝ 58 ksi. (Hint: Neglect the small stresses in the
plate.)
SOLUTION
Determine temperature change to cause yielding.
๏ค๏ฝ
PL
๏ซ L๏ก a (๏T )Y ๏ฝ L๏ก s (๏T )Y
EA
P
๏ฝ ๏ณ ๏ฝ ๏ญ E (๏ก a ๏ญ ๏ก s )(๏T )Y ๏ฝ ๏ญ๏ณ Y
A
๏ณY
58 ๏ด 103
(๏T )Y ๏ฝ
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 844.62๏ฐF
E (๏ก a ๏ญ ๏ก s ) (10.9 ๏ด 106 )(12.8 ๏ญ 6.5)(10๏ญ6 )
(a)
T2Y ๏ฝ T1 ๏ซ (๏T )Y ๏ฝ 70 ๏ซ 844.62 ๏ฝ 915๏ฐF
915๏ฐF ๏ด
After yielding,
๏ค๏ฝ
๏ณY L
E
๏ซ L๏ก a (๏T ) ๏ฝ L๏ก s (๏T )
Cooling:
๏ค๏ข๏ฝ
P๏ขL
๏ซ L๏ก a (๏T )๏ข ๏ฝ L๏ก s (๏T )๏ข
AE
The residual stress is
๏ณ res ๏ฝ ๏ณ Y ๏ญ
Set
๏ณ res ๏ฝ ๏ญ๏ณ Y
๏ญ๏ณ Y ๏ฝ ๏ณ Y ๏ญ E (๏ก a ๏ญ ๏ก s )(๏T )
๏T ๏ฝ
(b)
P๏ข
๏ฝ ๏ณ Y ๏ญ E (๏ก a ๏ญ ๏ก s )(๏T )
A
2๏ณ Y
(2)(58 ๏ด 103 )
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 1689๏ฐF
E (๏ก a ๏ญ ๏ก s ) (10.9 ๏ด 106 )(12.8 ๏ญ 6.5)(10๏ญ6 )
T2 ๏ฝ T1 ๏ซ ๏T ๏ฝ 70 ๏ซ 1689 ๏ฝ 1759๏ฐF
1759๏ฐF ๏ด
If T2 ๏พ 1759๏ฐF, the aluminum bar will most likely yield in compression.๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
231
A
C
B
F
a โซฝ 120 mm
440 mm
PROBLEM 2.122๏ช
Bar AB has a cross-sectional area of 1200 mm2 and is made of a steel
that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E ๏ฝ 200 GPa and ๏ณ Y ๏ฝ 250 MPa.
Knowing that the force F increases from 0 to 520 kN and then
decreases to zero, determine (a) the permanent deflection of point C,
(b) the residual stress in the bar.
SOLUTION
A ๏ฝ 1200 mm 2 ๏ฝ 1200 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
Force to yield portion AC:
PAC ๏ฝ A๏ณ Y ๏ฝ (1200 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(250 ๏ด 106 )
๏ฝ 300 ๏ด 103 N
For equilibrium, F ๏ซ PCB ๏ญ PAC ๏ฝ 0.
PCB ๏ฝ PAC ๏ญ F ๏ฝ 300 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 520 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ ๏ญ220 ๏ด 103 N
P L
EA
๏ค C ๏ฝ ๏ญ CB CB ๏ฝ
(220 ๏ด 103 )(0.440 ๏ญ 0.120)
(200 ๏ด 109 )(1200 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ฝ 0.29333 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
๏ณ CB ๏ฝ
PCB
220 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
A 1200 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ฝ ๏ญ183.333 ๏ด 106 Pa
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
232
PROBLEM 2.122๏ช (Continued)
Unloading:
๏ค C๏ข ๏ฝ
๏ข LAC
๏ข ) LCB
PAC
P๏ข L
( F ๏ญ PAC
๏ฝ ๏ญ CB CB ๏ฝ
EA
EA
EA
L ๏ถ FL
๏ฆL
๏ข ๏ง AC ๏ซ BC ๏ท ๏ฝ CB
PAC
EA ๏ธ
EA
๏จ EA
๏ข ๏ฝ
PAC
FLCB
(520 ๏ด 103 )(0.440 ๏ญ 0.120)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 378.18 ๏ด 103 N
0.440
LAC ๏ซ LCB
๏ข ๏ฝ PAC
๏ข ๏ญ F ๏ฝ 378.18 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 520 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ ๏ญ141.820 ๏ด 103 N
PCB
๏ข
PAC
378.18 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 315.150 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ญ6
A
1200 ๏ด 10
P๏ข
141.820 ๏ด 103
๏ข ๏ฝ BC ๏ฝ ๏ญ
๏ฝ ๏ญ118.183 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ณ BC
๏ญ6
A
1200 ๏ด 10
(378.18 ๏ด 103 )(0.120)
๏ฝ 0.189090 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
๏ค C๏ข ๏ฝ
(200 ๏ด 109 )(1200 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ณ ๏ขAC ๏ฝ
(a)
๏ค C , p ๏ฝ ๏ค C ๏ญ ๏ค C๏ข ๏ฝ 0.29333 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ3 ๏ญ 0.189090 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ3 ๏ฝ 0.104240 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ3 m
๏ฝ 0.1042 mm ๏ด
(b)
๏ณ AC , res ๏ฝ ๏ณ Y ๏ญ ๏ณ AC
๏ข ๏ฝ 250 ๏ด 106 ๏ญ 315.150 ๏ด 106 ๏ฝ ๏ญ65.150 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ฝ ๏ญ65.2 MPa ๏ด
๏ณ CB, res ๏ฝ ๏ณ CB ๏ญ ๏ณ CB
๏ข ๏ฝ ๏ญ183.333 ๏ด 106 ๏ซ 118.183 ๏ด 106 ๏ฝ ๏ญ65.150 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ฝ ๏ญ65.2 MPa ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
233
PROBLEM 2.123๏ช
A
C
B
F
a โซฝ 120 mm
440 mm
Solve Prob. 2.122, assuming that a ๏ฝ 180 mm.
PROBLEM 2.122 Bar AB has a cross-sectional area of 1200 mm2 and
is made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E ๏ฝ 200 GPa
and ๏ณ Y ๏ฝ 250 MPa. Knowing that the force F increases from 0 to
520 kN and then decreases to zero, determine (a) the permanent
deflection of point C, (b) the residual stress in the bar.
SOLUTION
A ๏ฝ 1200 mm 2 ๏ฝ 1200 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
Force to yield portion AC:
PAC ๏ฝ A๏ณ Y ๏ฝ (1200 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(250 ๏ด 106 )
๏ฝ 300 ๏ด 103 N
For equilibrium, F ๏ซ PCB ๏ญ PAC ๏ฝ 0.
PCB ๏ฝ PAC ๏ญ F ๏ฝ 300 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 520 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ ๏ญ220 ๏ด 103 N
P L
EA
๏ค C ๏ฝ ๏ญ CB CB ๏ฝ
(220 ๏ด 103 )(0.440 ๏ญ 0.180)
(200 ๏ด 109 )(1200 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ฝ 0.23833 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
๏ณ CB ๏ฝ
PCB
220 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ๏ญ
A
1200 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ฝ ๏ญ183.333 ๏ด 106 Pa
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
234
PROBLEM 2.123๏ช (Continued)
Unloading:
๏ข LAC
๏ข ) LCB
PAC
P๏ข L
( F ๏ญ PAC
๏ฝ ๏ญ CB CB ๏ฝ
EA
EA
EA
L ๏ถ FL
๏ฆL
๏ข ๏ง AC ๏ซ BC ๏ท ๏ฝ CB
๏ฝ PAC
EA ๏ธ
EA
๏จ EA
๏ค C๏ข ๏ฝ
๏ข ๏ฝ
PAC
FLCB
(520 ๏ด 103 )(0.440 ๏ญ 0.180)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 307.27 ๏ด 103 N
LAC ๏ซ LCB
0.440
๏ข ๏ฝ PAC
๏ข ๏ญ F ๏ฝ 307.27 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 520 ๏ด 103 ๏ฝ ๏ญ212.73 ๏ด 103 N
PCB
๏ค C๏ข ๏ฝ
(307.27 ๏ด 103 )(0.180)
๏ฝ 0.23045 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
๏ญ6
9
(200 ๏ด 10 )(1200 ๏ด 10 )
๏ข
PAC
307.27 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 256.058 ๏ด 106 Pa
A
1200 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
P๏ข
๏ญ212.73 ๏ด 103
๏ข ๏ฝ CB ๏ฝ
๏ฝ ๏ญ177.275 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ณ CB
A
1200 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ณ ๏ขAC ๏ฝ
(a)
๏ค C , p ๏ฝ ๏ค C ๏ญ ๏ค C๏ข ๏ฝ 0.23833 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ3 ๏ญ 0.23045 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ3 ๏ฝ 0.00788 ๏ด 10 ๏ญ3 m
๏ฝ 0.00788 mm ๏ด
(b)
๏ณ AC ,res ๏ฝ ๏ณ AC ๏ญ ๏ณ AC
๏ข ๏ฝ 250 ๏ด 106 ๏ญ 256.058 ๏ด 106 ๏ฝ ๏ญ6.0580 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ฝ ๏ญ6.06 MPa ๏ด
๏ณ CB,res ๏ฝ ๏ณ CB ๏ญ ๏ณ CB
๏ข ๏ฝ ๏ญ183.333 ๏ด 106 ๏ซ 177.275 ๏ด 106 ๏ฝ ๏ญ6.0580 ๏ด 106 Pa
๏ฝ ๏ญ6.06 MPa ๏ด
๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
235
PROBLEM 2.124
l
โฆ
The uniform wire ABC, of unstretched length 2l, is attached to the
supports shown and a vertical load P is applied at the midpoint B.
Denoting by A the cross-sectional area of the wire and by E the
modulus of elasticity, show that, for ๏ค ๏ฝ l , the deflection at the
midpoint B is
l
A
C
B
P
๏ค ๏ฝl3
P
AE
SOLUTION
Use approximation.
sin ๏ฑ ๏ป tan ๏ฑ ๏ป
Statics:
l
๏FY ๏ฝ 0 : 2 PAB sin ๏ฑ ๏ญ P ๏ฝ 0
PAB ๏ฝ
Elongation:
๏ค
P
Pl
๏ป
2sin ๏ฑ 2๏ค
๏ค AB ๏ฝ
PAB l
Pl 2
๏ฝ
AE 2 AE๏ค
Deflection:
From the right triangle,
(l ๏ซ ๏ค AB ) 2 ๏ฝ l 2 ๏ซ ๏ค 2
2
๏ค 2 ๏ฝ l 2 ๏ซ 2l๏ค AB ๏ซ ๏ค AB
๏ญ l2
๏ฆ 1 ๏ค AB ๏ถ
๏ฝ 2l๏ค AB ๏ง1 ๏ซ
๏ท ๏ป 2l๏ค AB
๏จ 2 l ๏ธ
๏ป
๏ค3 ๏ป
Pl 3
AE๏ค
Pl 3
P
๏ ๏ค ๏ป l3
AE
AE
๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
236
28 kips
PROBLEM 2.125
28 kips
The aluminum rod ABC ( E ๏ฝ 10.1 ๏ด 106 psi), which consists of two
cylindrical portions AB and BC, is to be replaced with a cylindrical steel
rod DE ( E ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi) of the same overall length. Determine the
minimum required diameter d of the steel rod if its vertical deformation is
not to exceed the deformation of the aluminum rod under the same load
and if the allowable stress in the steel rod is not to exceed 24 ksi.
D
A
1.5 in.
12 in.
B
2.25 in.
d
18 in.
C
E
SOLUTION
Deformation of aluminum rod.
๏คA ๏ฝ
PLAB PLBC
๏ซ
AAB E ABC E
๏ฝ
P ๏ฆ LAB LBC ๏ถ
๏ซ
๏ง
๏ท
E ๏จ AAB ABC ๏ธ
๏ฝ
๏ถ
28 ๏ด 103 ๏ฆ 12
18
๏ซ
๏ง
๏ท
10.1 ๏ด 106 ๏ง๏จ ๏ฐ4 (1.5)2 ๏ฐ4 (2.25)2 ๏ท๏ธ
๏ฝ 0.031376 in.
Steel rod.
๏ค ๏ฝ 0.031376 in.
๏ค๏ฝ
PL
PL
(28 ๏ด 103 )(30)
๏ A๏ฝ
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 0.92317 in 2
EA
E๏ค (29 ๏ด 106 )(0.031376)
๏ณ๏ฝ
P
A
๏ A๏ฝ
P
๏ณ
๏ฝ
28 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ 1.16667 in 2
3
24 ๏ด 10
Required area is the larger value.
A ๏ฝ 1.16667 in 2
Diameter:
d๏ฝ
4A
๏ฐ
๏ฝ
(4)(1.16667)
๏ฐ
d ๏ฝ 1.219 in. ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
237
PROBLEM 2.126
C
Two solid cylindrical rods are joined at B and loaded as shown. Rod AB is
made of steel ( E ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi), and rod BC of brass ( E ๏ฝ 15 ๏ด 106 psi).
Determine (a) the total deformation of the composite rod ABC, (b) the
deflection of point B.
3 in.
30 in.
B
30 kips
30 kips
2 in.
40 in.
A
P โซฝ 40 kips
SOLUTION
Portion AB:
PAB ๏ฝ 40 ๏ด 103 lb
LAB ๏ฝ 40 in.
d ๏ฝ 2 in.
๏ฐ
๏ค AB ๏ฝ
Portion BC:
d2 ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
(2)2 ๏ฝ 3.1416 in 2
4
4
E AB ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi
AAB ๏ฝ
PAB LAB
(40 ๏ด 103 )(40)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 17.5619 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
E AB AAB (29 ๏ด 106 )(3.1416)
PBC ๏ฝ ๏ญ20 ๏ด 103 lb
LBC ๏ฝ 30 in.
d ๏ฝ 3 in.
๏ฐ
๏ค BC ๏ฝ
d2 ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
(3) 2 ๏ฝ 7.0686 in 2
4
4
EBC ๏ฝ 15 ๏ด 106 psi
ABC ๏ฝ
PBC LBC
(๏ญ20 ๏ด 103 )(30)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ ๏ญ5.6588 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in.
EBC ABC (15 ๏ด 106 )(7.0686)
(a)
๏ค ๏ฝ ๏ค AB ๏ซ ๏ค BC ๏ฝ 17.5619 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ๏ญ 5.6588 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ค ๏ฝ 11.90 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in. ๏ฏ ๏ด
(b)
๏ค B ๏ฝ ๏ญ๏ค BC
๏ค B ๏ฝ 5.66 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in. ๏ญ ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
238
Brass strip:
E 5 105 GPa
a 5 20 3 1026/8C
PROBLEM 2.127
100 kg
A
40 mm
3 mm
20 mm
The brass strip AB has been attached to a fixed
support at A and rests on a rough support at B.
Knowing that the coefficient of friction is 0.60
between the strip and the support at B, determine
the decrease in temperature for which slipping
will impend.
B
SOLUTION
Brass strip:
E ๏ฝ 105 GPa
๏ก ๏ฝ 20 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 / ๏ฐC
๏Fy ๏ฝ 0 : N ๏ญ W ๏ฝ 0
N ๏ฝW
๏Fx ๏ฝ 0 : P ๏ญ ๏ญ N ๏ฝ 0
P ๏ฝ ๏ญW ๏ฝ ๏ญ mg
๏ค ๏ฝ๏ญ
Data:
PL
๏ซ L๏ก (๏T ) ๏ฝ 0
EA
๏T ๏ฝ
๏ญ mg
P
๏ฝ
EA๏ก EA๏ก
๏ญ ๏ฝ 0.60
A ๏ฝ (20)(3) ๏ฝ 60 mm 2 ๏ฝ 60 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
m ๏ฝ 100 kg
g ๏ฝ 9.81 m/s 2
E ๏ฝ 105 ๏ด 109 Pa
๏T ๏ฝ
(0.60)(100)(9.81)
(105 ๏ด 109 )(60 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(20 ๏ด 106 )
๏T ๏ฝ 4.67๏ฐC ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
239
P’
112 -in. diameter
A
1-in. diameter
B
112 -in. diameter
C
2 in.
D
3 in.
P
PROBLEM 2.128
The specimen shown is made from a 1-in.-diameter cylindrical steel rod
with two 1.5-in.-outer-diameter sleeves bonded to the rod as shown.
Knowing that E ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi, determine (a) the load P so that the
total deformation is 0.002 in., (b) the corresponding deformation of the
central portion BC.
2 in.
SOLUTION
(a)
๏ค ๏ฝ๏
Pi Li P Li
๏ฝ ๏
Ai Ei E Ai
๏ญ1
๏ฆ L ๏ถ
๏ฐ
P ๏ฝ E๏ค ๏ง ๏ i ๏ท Ai ๏ฝ di2
4
๏จ Ai ๏ธ
L, in.
d, in.
A, in2
L/A, in๏ญ1
AB
2
1.5
1.7671
1.1318
BC
3
1.0
0.7854
3.8197
CD
2
1.5
1.7671
1.1318
6.083
P ๏ฝ (29 ๏ด 106 )(0.002)(6.083) ๏ญ1 ๏ฝ 9.353 ๏ด 103 lb
(b)
๏ค BC ๏ฝ
PLBC P LBC 9.535 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ
(3.8197)
ABC E E ABC
29 ๏ด 106
๏ฌ sum
P ๏ฝ 9.53 kips ๏ด
๏ค ๏ฝ 1.254 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 in. ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
240
PROBLEM 2.129
250 mm
Each of the four vertical links connecting the
two rigid horizontal members is made of
aluminum ( E ๏ฝ 70 GPa) and has a uniform
rectangular cross section of 10 ๏ด 40 mm. For
the loading shown, determine the deflection
of (a) point E, (b) point F, (c) point G.
400 mm
A
250 mm
B
40 mm
C
D
E
300 mm
F
G
24 kN
SOLUTION
Statics. Free body EFG:
๏M F ๏ฝ 0 : ๏ญ (400)(2 FBE ) ๏ญ (250)(24) ๏ฝ 0
FBE ๏ฝ ๏ญ7.5 kN ๏ฝ ๏ญ7.5 ๏ด 103 N
๏M E ๏ฝ 0 : (400)(2 FCF ) ๏ญ (650)(24) ๏ฝ 0
FCF ๏ฝ 19.5 kN ๏ฝ 19.5 ๏ด 103 N
Area of one link:
A ๏ฝ (10)(40) ๏ฝ 400 mm 2
๏ฝ 400 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
Length: L ๏ฝ 300 mm ๏ฝ 0.300 m
Deformations.
๏ค BE ๏ฝ
FBE L
(๏ญ7.5 ๏ด 103 )(0.300)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ ๏ญ80.357 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
๏ญ6
9
EA
(70 ๏ด 10 )(400 ๏ด 10 )
๏ค CF ๏ฝ
FCF L
(19.5 ๏ด 103 )(0.300)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 208.93 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
EA
(70 ๏ด 109 )(400 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
241
PROBLEM 2.129 (Continued)
(a)
Deflection of Point E.
๏ค E ๏ฝ |๏ค BF |
๏ค E ๏ฝ 80.4 ๏ญ m ๏ญ ๏ด
(b)
Deflection of Point F.
๏ค F ๏ฝ ๏ค CF
๏ค F ๏ฝ 209 ๏ญ m ๏ฏ ๏ด
Geometry change.
Let ๏ฑ be the small change in slope angle.
๏ฑ๏ฝ
(c)
๏คE ๏ซ ๏คF
LEF
Deflection of Point G.
๏ฝ
80.357 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ๏ซ 208.93 ๏ด 10๏ญ6
๏ฝ 723.22 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 radians
0.400
๏ค G ๏ฝ ๏ค F ๏ซ LFG ๏ฑ
๏ค G ๏ฝ ๏ค F ๏ซ LFG ๏ฑ ๏ฝ 208.93 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ๏ซ (0.250)(723.22 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )
๏ฝ 389.73 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
๏ค G ๏ฝ 390 ๏ญ m ๏ฏ ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
242
PROBLEM 2.130
P
A 4-ft concrete post is reinforced with four steel bars, each with a 34 -in. diameter.
Knowing that Es ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi and Ec ๏ฝ 3.6 ๏ด 106 psi, determine the normal
stresses in the steel and in the concrete when a 150-kip axial centric force P is
applied to the post.
4 ft
8 in.
8 in.
SOLUTION
๏ฉ ๏ฐ ๏ฆ 3 ๏ถ2 ๏น
As ๏ฝ 4 ๏ช ๏ง ๏ท ๏บ ๏ฝ 1.76715 in 2
๏ช๏ซ 4 ๏จ 4 ๏ธ ๏บ๏ป
Ac ๏ฝ 82 ๏ญ As ๏ฝ 62.233 in 2
๏คs ๏ฝ
Ps L
Ps (48)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 0.93663 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 Ps
As Es (1.76715)(29 ๏ด 106 )
๏คc ๏ฝ
Pc L
Pc (48)
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 0.21425 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 Pc
Ac Ec (62.233)(3.6 ๏ด 106 )
But ๏ค s ๏ฝ ๏ค c : 0.93663 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 Ps ๏ฝ 0.21425 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 Pc
Ps ๏ฝ 0.22875Pc
Also,
Substituting (1) into (2),
(1)
Ps ๏ซ Pc ๏ฝ P ๏ฝ 150 kips
(2)
1.22875Pc ๏ฝ 150 kips
Pc ๏ฝ 122.075 kips
From (1),
Ps ๏ฝ 0.22875(122.075) ๏ฝ 27.925 kips
๏ณs ๏ฝ ๏ญ
Ps
27.925
๏ฝ๏ญ
1.76715
As
๏ณ s ๏ฝ ๏ญ15.80 ksi ๏ด
๏ณc ๏ฝ ๏ญ
Pc
122.075
๏ฝ๏ญ
62.233
Ac
๏ณ c ๏ฝ ๏ญ1.962 ksi ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
243
PROBLEM 2.131
A
The steel rods BE and CD each have a 16-mm diameter
( E ๏ฝ 200 GPa); the ends of the rods are single-threaded with a
pitch of 2.5 mm. Knowing that after being snugly fitted, the nut at
C is tightened one full turn, determine (a) the tension in rod CD,
(b) the deflection of point C of the rigid member ABC.
150 mm
B
100 mm
D
E
C
2m
3m
SOLUTION
Let ๏ฑ be the rotation of bar ABC as shown.๏
Then
๏ค B ๏ฝ 0.15๏ฑ
But
๏ค C ๏ฝ ๏ค turn ๏ญ
PCD ๏ฝ
๏ฝ
๏ค C ๏ฝ 0.25๏ฑ
PCD LCD
ECD ACD
ECD ACD
(๏ค turn ๏ญ ๏ค C )
LCD
(200 ๏ด 109 Pa) ๏ฐ4 (0.016 m) 2
2m
(0.0025 m ๏ญ 0.25๏ฑ )
๏ฝ 50.265 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 5.0265 ๏ด 106๏ฑ
๏คB ๏ฝ
PBE ๏ฝ
PBE LBE
EBE ABE
or
PBE ๏ฝ
EBE ABE
๏คB
LBE
(200 ๏ด 109 Pa) ๏ฐ4 (0.016 m)2
3m
(0.15๏ฑ )
๏ฝ 2.0106 ๏ด 106๏ฑ
From free body of member ABC:
๏M A ๏ฝ 0 : 0.15 PBE ๏ญ 0.25 PCD ๏ฝ 0
0.15(2.0106 ๏ด 106๏ฑ ) ๏ญ 0.25(50.265 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 5.0265 ๏ด 106๏ฑ ) ๏ฝ 0
๏ฑ ๏ฝ 8.0645 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 rad
(a)
PCD ๏ฝ 50.265 ๏ด 103 ๏ญ 5.0265 ๏ด 106 (8.0645 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ 9.7288 ๏ด 103 N
(b)
PCD ๏ฝ 9.73 kN ๏ด
๏ค C ๏ฝ 0.25๏ฑ ๏ฝ 0.25(8.0645 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 )
๏ฝ 2.0161 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m
๏ค C ๏ฝ 2.02 mm ๏ฌ ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
244
PROBLEM 2.132
8 in.
Aluminum shell
1.25 in.
0.75 in.
Steel
core
The assembly shown consists of an aluminum shell ( Ea ๏ฝ 10.6 ๏ด 106 psi,
๏กa ๏ฝ 12.9 ๏ด 10๏ญ6/ยฐF) fully bonded to a steel core ( Es ๏ฝ 29 ๏ด 106 psi,
๏กs ๏ฝ 6.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ6/ยฐF) and is unstressed. Determine (a) the largest allowable
change in temperature if the stress in the aluminum shell is not to exceed
6 ksi, (b) the corresponding change in length of the assembly.
SOLUTION
Since ๏ก a ๏พ ๏ก s , the shell is in compression for a positive temperature rise.
๏ณ a ๏ฝ ๏ญ6 ksi ๏ฝ ๏ญ6 ๏ด 103 psi
Let
Aa ๏ฝ
As ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
๏ฐ
d ๏ญ d ๏ฉ ๏ฝ (1.25 ๏ญ 0.75 ) ๏ฝ 0.78540 in
๏จ
4
4
๏ฐ
4
2
o
2
i
d2 ๏ฝ
๏ฐ
4
2
2
2
(0.75) 2 ๏ฝ 0.44179 in 2
P ๏ฝ ๏ญ๏ณ a Aa ๏ฝ ๏ณ s As
where P is the tensile force in the steel core.
๏ณs ๏ฝ ๏ญ
๏ฅ๏ฝ
(๏ก a ๏ญ ๏ก s )(๏T ) ๏ฝ
(6.4 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(๏T ) ๏ฝ
(a)
๏T ๏ฝ 145.91๏ฐF
(b)
๏ฅ๏ฝ
๏ณ a Aa
๏ณs
Es
๏ณs
Es
As
๏ฝ
(6 ๏ด 103 )(0.78540)
๏ฝ 10.667 ๏ด 103 psi
0.44179
๏ซ ๏ก s (๏T ) ๏ฝ
๏ญ
๏ณa
Ea
๏ซ ๏ก a (๏T )
๏ณa
Ea
10.667 ๏ด 103
6 ๏ด 103
๏ซ
๏ฝ 0.93385 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
6
6
29 ๏ด 10
10.6 ๏ด 10
๏T ๏ฝ 145.9๏ฐF ๏ด
10.667 ๏ด 103
๏ซ (6.5 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(145.91) ๏ฝ 1.3163 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
6
29 ๏ด 10
or
๏ฅ๏ฝ
๏
๏ญ6 ๏ด 103
๏ซ (12.9 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(145.91) ๏ฝ 1.3163 ๏ด 10๏ญ3
6
10.6 ๏ด 10
๏ค ๏ฝ L๏ฅ ๏ฝ (8.0)(1.3163 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ) ๏ฝ 0.01053 in. ๏
๏ค ๏ฝ 0.01053 in. ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
245
PROBLEM 2.133
3.5 in.
P
5.5 in.
The plastic block shown is bonded to a fixed base and to a horizontal
rigid plate to which a force P is applied. Knowing that for the
plastic used G ๏ฝ 55 ksi, determine the deflection of the plate
when P ๏ฝ 9 kips.
2.2 in.
SOLUTION
Consider the plastic block. The shearing force carried is P ๏ฝ 9 ๏ด 103 lb
The area is A ๏ฝ (3.5)(5.5) ๏ฝ 19.25 in 2
Shearing stress:
๏ด ๏ฝ
Shearing strain:
๏ง ๏ฝ
But
๏ง ๏ฝ
P 9 ๏ด 103
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 467.52 psi
A
19.25
๏ด
G
๏ค
h
๏ฝ
467.52
๏ฝ 0.0085006
55 ๏ด 103
๏ ๏ค ๏ฝ h๏ง ๏ฝ (2.2)(0.0085006)
๏ค ๏ฝ 0.01870 in. ๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
246
PROBLEM 2.134
P
150
75
15
300
60
r56
150
The aluminum test specimen shown is subjected to two equal and opposite
centric axial forces of magnitude P. (a) Knowing that E ๏ฝ 70 GPa
and ๏ณ all ๏ฝ 200 MPa, determine the maximum allowable value of P and the
corresponding total elongation of the specimen. (b) Solve part a, assuming that
the specimen has been replaced by an aluminum bar of the same length and a
uniform 60 ๏ด 15-mm rectangular cross section.
75
Pโฌ
Dimensions in mm
SOLUTION
๏ณ all ๏ฝ 200 ๏ด 106 Pa E ๏ฝ 70 ๏ด 109 Pa
Amin ๏ฝ (60 mm)(15 mm) ๏ฝ 900 mm 2 ๏ฝ 900 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m 2
(a)
Test specimen.
D ๏ฝ 75 mm, d ๏ฝ 60 mm, r ๏ฝ 6 mm
D 75
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 1.25
d 60
From Fig. 2.60b,
K ๏ฝ 1.95
P๏ฝ
r
6
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 0.10
d 60
๏ณ max ๏ฝ K
P
A
A๏ณ max (900 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 ) (200 ๏ด 106 )
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 92.308 ๏ด 103 N
K
1.95
P ๏ฝ 92.3 kN ๏ด
Wide area A* ๏ฝ (75 mm)(15 mm) ๏ฝ 1125 mm 2 ๏ฝ 1.125 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m 2
๏ค ๏ฝ๏
Pi Li
0.300
0.150 ๏น
P L 92.308 ๏ด 103 ๏ฉ 0.150
๏ฝ ๏ i ๏ฝ
๏ซ
๏ซ
Ai Ei E Ai
70 ๏ด 109 ๏ช๏ซ1.125 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 900 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 1.125 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 ๏บ๏ป
๏ฝ 7.91 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 m
(b)
๏ค ๏ฝ 0.791 mm ๏ด
Uniform bar.
P ๏ฝ A๏ณ all ๏ฝ (900 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(200 ๏ด 106 ) ๏ฝ 180 ๏ด 103 N
๏
๏ค๏ฝ
(180 ๏ด 103 )(0.600)
PL
๏ฝ
๏ฝ 1.714 ๏ด 10๏ญ3 m ๏
AE (900 ๏ด 10๏ญ6 )(70 ๏ด 109 )
P ๏ฝ 180.0 kN ๏ด๏
๏ค ๏ฝ 1.714 mm ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
247
PROBLEM 2.135
L
B
C
B’
k
m
C’
P
P
The uniform rod BC has a cross-sectional area A and is made of a
mild steel that can be assumed to be elastoplastic with a modulus of
elasticity E and a yield strength ๏ณ Y . Using the block-and-spring
system shown, it is desired to simulate the deflection of end C of the
rod as the axial force P is gradually applied and removed, that is, the
deflection of points C and C๏ข should be the same for all values of P.
Denoting by ๏ญ the coefficient of friction between the block and the
horizontal surface, derive an expression for (a) the required mass m
of the block, (b) the required constant k of the spring.
SOLUTION
Force-deflection diagram for Point C or rod BC.
P ๏ผ PY ๏ฝ A๏ณ Y
For
PL
EA
Pmax ๏ฝ PY ๏ฝ A๏ณ Y
๏คC ๏ฝ
EA
๏คC
L
P๏ฝ
Force-deflection diagram for Point C๏ข of block-and-spring system.
๏Fy ๏ฝ 0 : N ๏ญ mg ๏ฝ 0
N ๏ฝ mg
๏Fx ๏ฝ 0 : P ๏ญ F f ๏ฝ 0
P ๏ฝ Ff
If block does not move, i.e., F f ๏ผ ๏ญ N ๏ฝ ๏ญ mg or
๏ค c๏ข ๏ฝ
then
P
K
P ๏ผ ๏ญ mg ,
or
P ๏ฝ k๏ค c๏ข
If P ๏ฝ ๏ญ mg, then slip at P ๏ฝ Fm ๏ฝ ๏ญ mg occurs.
๏
If the force P is the removed, the spring returns to its initial length.
(a)
Equating PY and Fmax,
(b)
Equating slopes,
A๏ณ Y ๏ฝ ๏ญ mg
k๏ฝ
m๏ฝ
EA
L
A๏ณ Y
๏ญg
๏ด๏
๏ด๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
248
PROBLEM 2.C1
A rod consisting of n elements, each of which is homogeneous and
of uniform cross section, is subjected to the loading shown. The length
of element i is denoted by Li , its cross-sectional area by Ai , modulus of
elasticity by Ei , and the load applied to its right end by Pi , the magnitude
Pi of this load being assumed to be positive if Pi is directed to the right
and negative otherwise. (a) Write a computer program that can be used
to determine the average normal stress in each element, the deformation
of each element, and the total deformation of the rod. (b) Use this
program to solve Probs. 2.20 and 2.126.
Element 1
Element n
P1
Pn
SOLUTION
For each element, enter
Li ,
Ai , Ei
Compute deformation
P ๏ฝ P ๏ซ Pi
Update axial load
Compute for each element
๏ณ i ๏ฝ P/ Ai
๏ค i ๏ฝ PLi / Ai Ei
Total deformation:
Update through n elements
๏ค ๏ฝ ๏ค ๏ซ ๏คi
Program Outputs
Problem 2.20
Element
Stress (MPa)
Deformation (mm)
1
19.0986
0.1091
2
๏ญ12.7324
๏ญ0.0909
Total Deformation ๏ฝ
0.0182 mm
Problem 2.126
Element
Stress (ksi)
Deformation (in.)
1
12.7324
0.0176
2
๏ญ2.8294
๏ญ0.0057
Total Deformation ๏ฝ
0.01190 in.
๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
249
PROBLEM 2.C2
A
Element n
Element 1
B
Pn
P2
Rod AB is horizontal with both ends fixed; it consists of n elements, each
of which is homogeneous and of uniform cross section, and is subjected to
the loading shown. The length of element i is denoted by Li , its crosssectional area by Ai , its modulus of elasticity by Ei , and the load applied
to its right end by Pi , the magnitude Pi of this load being assumed to be
positive if Pi is directed to the right and negative otherwise. (Note that
P1 ๏ฝ 0.) (a) Write a computer program which can be used to determine the
reactions at A and B, the average normal stress in each element, and the
deformation of each element. (b) Use this program to solve Probs. 2.41
and 2.42.
SOLUTION
We Consider the reaction at B redundant and release the rod at B
Compute ๏ค B with RB ๏ฝ 0
For each element, enter
Li , Ai , Ei
Update axial load
P ๏ฝ P ๏ซ Pi
Compute for each element
๏ณ i ๏ฝ P/Ai
๏ค i ๏ฝ PLi /Ai Ei
Update total deformation
๏ค B ๏ฝ ๏ค B ๏ซ ๏คi
Compute ๏ค B due to unit load at B
Unit ๏ณ i ๏ฝ 1/Ai
Unit ๏ค i ๏ฝ Li /Ai Ei
Update total unit deformation
Unit ๏ค B ๏ฝ Unit ๏ค B ๏ซ Unit ๏ค i
Superposition
B๏ฝ0
For total displacement at
๏ค B ๏ซ RB
Unit
๏คB ๏ฝ 0
Solving:
RB ๏ฝ ๏ญ๏ค B /Unit ๏ค B
Then:
RA ๏ฝ ๏Pi ๏ซ RB
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
250
PROBLEM 2.C2 (Continued)
For each element
๏ณ ๏ฝ ๏ณ i ๏ซ RB Unit ๏ณ i
๏ค ๏ฝ ๏ค i ๏ซ RB Unit ๏ค i
Program Outputs
Problem 2.41
RA ๏ฝ ๏ญ62.809 kN
RB ๏ฝ ๏ญ37.191 kN
Element Stress (MPa) Deformation (mm)
1
๏ญ52.615
๏ญ0.05011
2
3.974
0.00378
3
2.235
0.00134
4
49.982
0.04498
Problem 2.42
RA ๏ฝ ๏ญ45.479 kN
RB ๏ฝ ๏ญ54.521 kN
Element Stress (MPa) Deformation (mm)
1
๏ญ77.131
๏ญ0.03857
2
๏ญ20.542
๏ญ0.01027
3
๏ญ11.555
๏ญ0.01321
4
36.191
0.06204
๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
251
PROBLEM 2.C3
Element n
Element 1
A
โฆ0
B
Rod AB consists of n elements, each of which is homogeneous and of
uniform cross section. End A is fixed, while initially there is a gap ๏ค 0
between end B and the fixed vertical surface on the right. The length of
element i is denoted by Li , its cross-sectional area by Ai , its modulus of
elasticity by Ei , and its coefficient of thermal expansion by ๏ก i . After the
temperature of the rod has been increased by ๏T , the gap at B is closed
and the vertical surfaces exert equal and opposite forces on the rod.
(a) Write a computer program which can be used to determine the
magnitude of the reactions at A and B, the normal stress in each element,
and the deformation of each element. (b) Use this program to solve
Probs. 2.59 and 2.60.
SOLUTION
We compute the displacements at B.
Assuming there is no support at B,
enter
Li ,
Ai , Ei , ๏ก i
Enter temperature change T. Compute for each element.
๏ค i ๏ฝ ๏ก i LiT
Update total deformation.
๏ค B ๏ฝ ๏ค B ๏ซ ๏คi
Compute ๏ค B due to unit load at B.
Unit ๏ค i ๏ฝ Li /Ai Ei
Update total unit deformation.
Unit ๏ค B ๏ฝ Unit ๏ค B ๏ซ Unit ๏ค i
Compute reactions.
From superposition,
RB ๏ฝ (๏ค B ๏ญ ๏ค 0 )/Unit ๏ค B
Then
RA ๏ฝ ๏ญ RB
For each element,
๏ณ i ๏ฝ ๏ญ RB /Ai
๏ค i ๏ฝ ๏ก i LiT ๏ซ RB Li /Ai Ei
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
252
PROBLEM 2.C3 (Continued)
Program Outputs
Problem 2.59.
R ๏ฝ 52.279 kips
Element
Stress (ksi)
Deformation (10 * ๏ญ3 in.)
1
๏ญ21.783
9.909
2
๏ญ18.671
10.091
Problem 2.60.
R ๏ฝ 232.390 kN
Element
Stress (MPa)
Deformation (microm)
1
๏ญ116.195
363.220
2
๏ญ290.487
136.780
๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
253
PROBLEM 2.C4
A 1, E1, (โดY)1
L
P
A 2 , E2 , (โด Y)2
Plate
Bar AB has a length L and is made of two different materials of given
cross-sectional area, modulus of elasticity, and yield strength. The bar is
subjected as shown to a load P that is gradually increased from zero until
the deformation of the bar has reached a maximum value ๏ค m and then
decreased back to zero. (a) Write a computer program that, for each of 25
values of ๏ค m equally spaced over a range extending from 0 to a value
equal to 120% of the deformation causing both materials to yield, can be
used to determine the maximum value Pm of the load, the maximum
normal stress in each material, the permanent deformation ๏ค p of the bar,
and the residual stress in each material. (b) Use this program to solve
Probs. 2.111 and 2.112.
SOLUTION
(๏ณ Y )1 < (๏ณ Y )2
Note: The following assumes
Displacement increment
๏ค m ๏ฝ 0.05(๏ณ Y ) 2 L/E2
Displacements at yielding
๏ค A ๏ฝ (๏ณ Y )1 L/E1 ๏ค B ๏ฝ (๏ณ Y ) 2 L/E2
For each displacement
If
๏ค m < ๏ค A:
๏ณ1 ๏ฝ ๏ค m E1/L
๏ณ 2 ๏ฝ ๏ค m E2 /L
Pm ๏ฝ (๏ค m /L) ( A1E1 ๏ซ A2 E2 )
If
๏ค A <๏คm ๏คB:
๏ณ1 ๏ฝ (๏ณ Y )1
๏ณ 2 ๏ฝ (๏ณ Y ) 2
Pm ๏ฝ A1๏ณ 1 ๏ซ A2๏ณ 2
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
254
PROBLEM 2.C4 (Continued)
Permanent deformations, residual stresses
Slope of first (elastic) segment
Slope ๏ฝ ( A1E1 ๏ซ A2 E2 )/L
๏ค P ๏ฝ ๏ค m ๏ญ ( Pm /Slope)
(๏ณ 1 )res ๏ฝ ๏ณ 1 ๏ญ ( E1 Pm /( L Slope))
(๏ณ 2 )res ๏ฝ ๏ณ 2 ๏ญ ( E2 Pm /( L Slope))
Program Outputs
Problems 2.111 and 2.112
DM
10** ๏ญ 3 in.
PM
kips
SIGM (1)
ksi
SIGM (2)
ksi
DP
10** ๏ญ 3 in.
SIGR (1)
ksi
SIG (2)
ksi
0.000
2.414
4.828
7.241
9.655
12.069
14.483
16.897
19.310
21.724
24.138
26.552
0.000
8.750
17.500
26.250
35.000
43.750
52.500
61.250
70.000
78.750
87.500
91.250
0.000
5.000
10.000
15.000
20.000
25.000
30.000
35.000
40.000
45.000
50.000
50.000
0.000
5.000
10.000
15.000
20.000
25.000
30.000
35.000
40.000
45.000
50.000
55.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
1.379
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
๏ญ2.143
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
2.857
28.966
95.000
50.000
60.000
2.759
๏ญ4.286
5.714
31.379
98.750
50.000
65.000
4.138
๏ญ6.429
8.571
33.793
102.500
50.000
70.000
5.517
๏ญ8.571
11.429
36.207
106.250
50.000
75.000
6.897
๏ญ10.714
14.286
38.621
110.000
50.000
80.000
8.276
๏ญ12.857
17.143
41.034
113.750
50.000
85.000
9.655
๏ญ15.000
20.000
43.448
117.500
50.000
90.000
11.034
๏ญ17.143
22.857
45.862
121.250
50.000
95.000
12.414
๏ญ19.286
25.714
48.276
125.000
50.000
100.000
13.793
๏ญ21.429
28.571
50.690
125.000
50.000
100.000
16.207
๏ญ21.429
28.571
53.103
125.000
50.000
100.000
18.621
๏ญ21.429
28.571
55.517
125.000
50.000
100.000
21.034
๏ญ21.429
57.931
125.000
50.000
100.000
23.448
๏ญ21.429
28.571
28.571
๏
๏
2.112 ๏ด
2.111 ๏ด
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
255
PROBLEM 2.C5
The plate has a hole centered across the width. The stress concentration factor
for a flat bar under axial loading with a centric hole is
P9
1
d
2
2
r
D
๏ฆ 2r ๏ถ
๏ฆ 2r ๏ถ
๏ฆ 2r ๏ถ
K ๏ฝ 3.00 ๏ญ 3.13 ๏ง ๏ท ๏ซ 3.66 ๏ง ๏ท ๏ญ 1.53 ๏ง ๏ท
D
D
๏จ ๏ธ
๏จ ๏ธ
๏จD๏ธ
P
1
d
2
3
where r is the radius of the hole and D is the width of the bar. Write a computer
program to determine the allowable load P for the given values of r, D, the
thickness t of the bar, and the allowable stress ๏ณ all of the material. Knowing
that t ๏ฝ 14 in., D ๏ฝ 3.0 in., and ๏ณ all ๏ฝ 16 ksi, determine the allowable load P for
values of r from 0.125 in. to 0.75 in., using 0.125 in. increments.
SOLUTION
Enter
r , D, t , ๏ณ all
Compute K
RD ๏ฝ 2.0r/D
K ๏ฝ 3.00 ๏ญ 3.13RD ๏ซ 3.66 RD 2 ๏ญ 1.53RD3
Compute average stress
๏ณ ave ๏ฝ ๏ณ all /K
Allowable load
Pall ๏ฝ ๏ณ ave ( D ๏ญ 2.0r ) t
Program Output
Radius
(in.)
Allowable Load
(kips)
0.1250
3.9802
0.2500
3.8866
0.3750
3.7154
0.5000
3.4682
0.6250
3.1523
0.7500
2.7794
๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
256
PROBLEM 2.C6
L
A
B
P
2c
c
A solid truncated cone is subjected to an axial force P as shown. The exact
elongation is ( PL) /(2๏ฐ c 2 E ). By replacing the cone by n circular cylinders
of equal thickness, write a computer program that can be used to calculate
the elongation of the truncated cone. What is the percentage error in the
answer obtained from the program using (a) n ๏ฝ 6, (b) n ๏ฝ 12, (c) n ๏ฝ 60?
SOLUTION
i ๏ฝ 1 to n :
Li ๏ฝ (i ๏ซ 0.5)(L/n)
For
ri ๏ฝ 2c ๏ญ c(Li /L)
Area:
A ๏ฝ ๏ฐ ri2
Displacement:
๏ค ๏ฝ ๏ค ๏ซ P( L/n)/( AE )
Exact displacement:
๏ค exact ๏ฝ PL/(2.0๏ฐ c 2 E )
Percentage error:
Percent = 100(๏ค ๏ญ ๏ค exact )/๏ค exact
Program Output
n
Approximate
Exact
Percent
6
0.15852
0.15915
๏ญ0.40083
12
0.15899
0.15915
๏ญ0.10100
60
0.15915
0.15915
๏ญ0.00405
๏
PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Copyright ยฉ 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. This is proprietary material solely for authorized instructor use.
Not authorized for sale or distribution in any manner. This document may not be copied, scanned, duplicated, forwarded, distributed, or posted
on a website, in whole or part.
257
Document Preview (168 of 1834 Pages)
User generated content is uploaded by users for the purposes of learning and should be used following SchloarOn's honor code & terms of service.
You are viewing preview pages of the document. Purchase to get full access instantly.
-37%
Solution Manual For Mechanics Of Materials, 7th Edition
$18.99 $29.99Save:$11.00(37%)
24/7 Live Chat
Instant Download
100% Confidential
Store
Mia Garcia
0 (0 Reviews)
Best Selling
The World Of Customer Service, 3rd Edition Test Bank
$18.99 $29.99Save:$11.00(37%)
Chemistry: Principles And Reactions, 7th Edition Test Bank
$18.99 $29.99Save:$11.00(37%)
2023-2024 ATI Pediatrics Proctored Exam with Answers (139 Solved Questions)
$18.99 $29.99Save:$11.00(37%)
Data Structures and Other Objects Using C++ 4th Edition Solution Manual
$18.99 $29.99Save:$11.00(37%)
Test Bank for Strategies For Reading Assessment And Instruction: Helping Every Child Succeed, 6th Edition
$18.99 $29.99Save:$11.00(37%)
Solution Manual for Designing the User Interface: Strategies for Effective Human-Computer Interaction, 6th Edition
$18.99 $29.99Save:$11.00(37%)